Add OpenCL images as clang builtin types.
llvm-svn: 170428
diff --git a/clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp b/clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp
index 1fb9a70..c28c181 100644
--- a/clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp
+++ b/clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp
@@ -1,6169 +1,6175 @@
-//===- CIndex.cpp - Clang-C Source Indexing Library -----------------------===//
-//
-// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file implements the main API hooks in the Clang-C Source Indexing
-// library.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "CIndexer.h"
-#include "CIndexDiagnostic.h"
-#include "CXComment.h"
-#include "CXCursor.h"
-#include "CXSourceLocation.h"
-#include "CXString.h"
-#include "CXTranslationUnit.h"
-#include "CXType.h"
-#include "CursorVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Mutex.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Program.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Signals.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Threading.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Timer.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace clang::cxcursor;
-using namespace clang::cxstring;
-using namespace clang::cxtu;
-using namespace clang::cxindex;
-
-CXTranslationUnit cxtu::MakeCXTranslationUnit(CIndexer *CIdx, ASTUnit *TU) {
- if (!TU)
- return 0;
- CXTranslationUnit D = new CXTranslationUnitImpl();
- D->CIdx = CIdx;
- D->TUData = TU;
- D->StringPool = createCXStringPool();
- D->Diagnostics = 0;
- D->OverridenCursorsPool = createOverridenCXCursorsPool();
- return D;
-}
-
-cxtu::CXTUOwner::~CXTUOwner() {
- if (TU)
- clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
-}
-
-/// \brief Compare two source ranges to determine their relative position in
-/// the translation unit.
-static RangeComparisonResult RangeCompare(SourceManager &SM,
- SourceRange R1,
- SourceRange R2) {
- assert(R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
- assert(R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
- if (R1.getEnd() != R2.getBegin() &&
- SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R1.getEnd(), R2.getBegin()))
- return RangeBefore;
- if (R2.getEnd() != R1.getBegin() &&
- SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R2.getEnd(), R1.getBegin()))
- return RangeAfter;
- return RangeOverlap;
-}
-
-/// \brief Determine if a source location falls within, before, or after a
-/// a given source range.
-static RangeComparisonResult LocationCompare(SourceManager &SM,
- SourceLocation L, SourceRange R) {
- assert(R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
- assert(L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
- if (L == R.getBegin() || L == R.getEnd())
- return RangeOverlap;
- if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, R.getBegin()))
- return RangeBefore;
- if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R.getEnd(), L))
- return RangeAfter;
- return RangeOverlap;
-}
-
-/// \brief Translate a Clang source range into a CIndex source range.
-///
-/// Clang internally represents ranges where the end location points to the
-/// start of the token at the end. However, for external clients it is more
-/// useful to have a CXSourceRange be a proper half-open interval. This routine
-/// does the appropriate translation.
-CXSourceRange cxloc::translateSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM,
- const LangOptions &LangOpts,
- const CharSourceRange &R) {
- // We want the last character in this location, so we will adjust the
- // location accordingly.
- SourceLocation EndLoc = R.getEnd();
- if (EndLoc.isValid() && EndLoc.isMacroID() && !SM.isMacroArgExpansion(EndLoc))
- EndLoc = SM.getExpansionRange(EndLoc).second;
- if (R.isTokenRange() && !EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
- unsigned Length = Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(SM.getSpellingLoc(EndLoc),
- SM, LangOpts);
- EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(Length);
- }
-
- CXSourceRange Result = { { (void *)&SM, (void *)&LangOpts },
- R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(),
- EndLoc.getRawEncoding() };
- return Result;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Cursor visitor.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C);
-static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr);
-
-
-RangeComparisonResult CursorVisitor::CompareRegionOfInterest(SourceRange R) {
- return RangeCompare(AU->getSourceManager(), R, RegionOfInterest);
-}
-
-/// \brief Visit the given cursor and, if requested by the visitor,
-/// its children.
-///
-/// \param Cursor the cursor to visit.
-///
-/// \param CheckedRegionOfInterest if true, then the caller already checked
-/// that this cursor is within the region of interest.
-///
-/// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
-/// should continue.
-bool CursorVisitor::Visit(CXCursor Cursor, bool CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
- if (clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind))
- return false;
-
- if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
- Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
- if (!D) {
- assert(0 && "Invalid declaration cursor");
- return true; // abort.
- }
-
- // Ignore implicit declarations, unless it's an objc method because
- // currently we should report implicit methods for properties when indexing.
- if (D->isImplicit() && !isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
- return false;
- }
-
- // If we have a range of interest, and this cursor doesn't intersect with it,
- // we're done.
- if (RegionOfInterest.isValid() && !CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
- SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(Cursor);
- if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
- return false;
- }
-
- switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
- case CXChildVisit_Break:
- return true;
-
- case CXChildVisit_Continue:
- return false;
-
- case CXChildVisit_Recurse: {
- bool ret = VisitChildren(Cursor);
- if (PostChildrenVisitor)
- if (PostChildrenVisitor(Cursor, ClientData))
- return true;
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!");
-}
-
-static bool visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R,
- PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
- CursorVisitor &Visitor) {
- SourceManager &SM = Visitor.getASTUnit()->getSourceManager();
- FileID FID;
-
- if (!Visitor.shouldVisitIncludedEntities()) {
- // If the begin/end of the range lie in the same FileID, do the optimization
- // where we skip preprocessed entities that do not come from the same FileID.
- FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getBegin()));
- if (FID != SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getEnd())))
- FID = FileID();
- }
-
- std::pair<PreprocessingRecord::iterator, PreprocessingRecord::iterator>
- Entities = PPRec.getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(R);
- return Visitor.visitPreprocessedEntities(Entities.first, Entities.second,
- PPRec, FID);
-}
-
-void CursorVisitor::visitFileRegion() {
- if (RegionOfInterest.isInvalid())
- return;
-
- ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
-
- std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
- Begin = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin())),
- End = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd()));
-
- if (End.first != Begin.first) {
- // If the end does not reside in the same file, try to recover by
- // picking the end of the file of begin location.
- End.first = Begin.first;
- End.second = SM.getFileIDSize(Begin.first);
- }
-
- assert(Begin.first == End.first);
- if (Begin.second > End.second)
- return;
-
- FileID File = Begin.first;
- unsigned Offset = Begin.second;
- unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second;
-
- if (!VisitDeclsOnly && !VisitPreprocessorLast)
- if (visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion())
- return; // visitation break.
-
- visitDeclsFromFileRegion(File, Offset, Length);
-
- if (!VisitDeclsOnly && VisitPreprocessorLast)
- visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
-}
-
-static bool isInLexicalContext(Decl *D, DeclContext *DC) {
- if (!DC)
- return false;
-
- for (DeclContext *DeclDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
- DeclDC; DeclDC = DeclDC->getLexicalParent()) {
- if (DeclDC == DC)
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-void CursorVisitor::visitDeclsFromFileRegion(FileID File,
- unsigned Offset, unsigned Length) {
- ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
- SourceRange Range = RegionOfInterest;
-
- SmallVector<Decl *, 16> Decls;
- Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
-
- // If we didn't find any file level decls for the file, try looking at the
- // file that it was included from.
- while (Decls.empty() || Decls.front()->isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer()) {
- bool Invalid = false;
- const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SLEntry = SM.getSLocEntry(File, &Invalid);
- if (Invalid)
- return;
-
- SourceLocation Outer;
- if (SLEntry.isFile())
- Outer = SLEntry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
- else
- Outer = SLEntry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
- if (Outer.isInvalid())
- return;
-
- llvm::tie(File, Offset) = SM.getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Outer);
- Length = 0;
- Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
- }
-
- assert(!Decls.empty());
-
- bool VisitedAtLeastOnce = false;
- DeclContext *CurDC = 0;
- SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DIt = Decls.begin();
- for (SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DE = Decls.end(); DIt != DE; ++DIt) {
- Decl *D = *DIt;
- if (D->getSourceRange().isInvalid())
- continue;
-
- if (isInLexicalContext(D, CurDC))
- continue;
-
- CurDC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D);
-
- if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
- if (!TD->isFreeStanding())
- continue;
-
- RangeComparisonResult CompRes = RangeCompare(SM, D->getSourceRange(),Range);
- if (CompRes == RangeBefore)
- continue;
- if (CompRes == RangeAfter)
- break;
-
- assert(CompRes == RangeOverlap);
- VisitedAtLeastOnce = true;
-
- if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D)) {
- FileDI_current = &DIt;
- FileDE_current = DE;
- } else {
- FileDI_current = 0;
- }
-
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true))
- break;
- }
-
- if (VisitedAtLeastOnce)
- return;
-
- // No Decls overlapped with the range. Move up the lexical context until there
- // is a context that contains the range or we reach the translation unit
- // level.
- DeclContext *DC = DIt == Decls.begin() ? (*DIt)->getLexicalDeclContext()
- : (*(DIt-1))->getLexicalDeclContext();
-
- while (DC && !DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
- Decl *D = cast<Decl>(DC);
- SourceRange CurDeclRange = D->getSourceRange();
- if (CurDeclRange.isInvalid())
- break;
-
- if (RangeCompare(SM, CurDeclRange, Range) == RangeOverlap) {
- Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true);
- break;
- }
-
- DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
- }
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion() {
- if (!AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
- return false;
-
- PreprocessingRecord &PPRec
- = *AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord();
- SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
-
- if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
- SourceRange MappedRange = AU->mapRangeToPreamble(RegionOfInterest);
- SourceLocation B = MappedRange.getBegin();
- SourceLocation E = MappedRange.getEnd();
-
- if (AU->isInPreambleFileID(B)) {
- if (SM.isLoadedSourceLocation(E))
- return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E),
- PPRec, *this);
-
- // Beginning of range lies in the preamble but it also extends beyond
- // it into the main file. Split the range into 2 parts, one covering
- // the preamble and another covering the main file. This allows subsequent
- // calls to visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange to accept a source range that
- // lies in the same FileID, allowing it to skip preprocessed entities that
- // do not come from the same FileID.
- bool breaked =
- visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
- SourceRange(B, AU->getEndOfPreambleFileID()),
- PPRec, *this);
- if (breaked) return true;
- return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
- SourceRange(AU->getStartOfMainFileID(), E),
- PPRec, *this);
- }
-
- return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, *this);
- }
-
- bool OnlyLocalDecls
- = !AU->isMainFileAST() && AU->getOnlyLocalDecls();
-
- if (OnlyLocalDecls)
- return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.local_begin(), PPRec.local_end(),
- PPRec);
-
- return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.begin(), PPRec.end(), PPRec);
-}
-
-template<typename InputIterator>
-bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntities(InputIterator First,
- InputIterator Last,
- PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
- FileID FID) {
- for (; First != Last; ++First) {
- if (!FID.isInvalid() && !PPRec.isEntityInFileID(First, FID))
- continue;
-
- PreprocessedEntity *PPE = *First;
- if (MacroExpansion *ME = dyn_cast<MacroExpansion>(PPE)) {
- if (Visit(MakeMacroExpansionCursor(ME, TU)))
- return true;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if (MacroDefinition *MD = dyn_cast<MacroDefinition>(PPE)) {
- if (Visit(MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(MD, TU)))
- return true;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if (InclusionDirective *ID = dyn_cast<InclusionDirective>(PPE)) {
- if (Visit(MakeInclusionDirectiveCursor(ID, TU)))
- return true;
-
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/// \brief Visit the children of the given cursor.
-///
-/// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
-/// should continue.
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitChildren(CXCursor Cursor) {
- if (clang_isReference(Cursor.kind) &&
- Cursor.kind != CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
- // By definition, references have no children.
- return false;
- }
-
- // Set the Parent field to Cursor, then back to its old value once we're
- // done.
- SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, Cursor);
-
- if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
- Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
- if (!D)
- return false;
-
- return VisitAttributes(D) || Visit(D);
- }
-
- if (clang_isStatement(Cursor.kind)) {
- if (Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(Cursor))
- return Visit(S);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- if (clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) {
- if (Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor))
- return Visit(E);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- if (clang_isTranslationUnit(Cursor.kind)) {
- CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(Cursor);
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData);
-
- int VisitOrder[2] = { VisitPreprocessorLast, !VisitPreprocessorLast };
- for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
- if (VisitOrder[I]) {
- if (!CXXUnit->isMainFileAST() && CXXUnit->getOnlyLocalDecls() &&
- RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) {
- for (ASTUnit::top_level_iterator TL = CXXUnit->top_level_begin(),
- TLEnd = CXXUnit->top_level_end();
- TL != TLEnd; ++TL) {
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*TL, tu, RegionOfInterest), true))
- return true;
- }
- } else if (VisitDeclContext(
- CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl()))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
-
- // Walk the preprocessing record.
- if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
- visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
- if (CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(Cursor)) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *BaseTSInfo = Base->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
- return Visit(BaseTSInfo->getTypeLoc());
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) {
- IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
- cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(Cursor));
- if (const ObjCInterfaceType *InterT = A->getInterface()->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>())
- return Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorObjCClassRef(InterT->getInterface(),
- A->getInterfaceLoc(), TU));
- }
-
- // Nothing to visit at the moment.
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = B->getSignatureAsWritten())
- if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
-
- if (Stmt *Body = B->getBody())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Body, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-llvm::Optional<bool> CursorVisitor::shouldVisitCursor(CXCursor Cursor) {
- if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
- SourceRange Range = getFullCursorExtent(Cursor, AU->getSourceManager());
- if (Range.isInvalid())
- return llvm::Optional<bool>();
-
- switch (CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) {
- case RangeBefore:
- // This declaration comes before the region of interest; skip it.
- return llvm::Optional<bool>();
-
- case RangeAfter:
- // This declaration comes after the region of interest; we're done.
- return false;
-
- case RangeOverlap:
- // This declaration overlaps the region of interest; visit it.
- break;
- }
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclContext(DeclContext *DC) {
- DeclContext::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), E = DC->decls_end();
-
- // FIXME: Eventually remove. This part of a hack to support proper
- // iteration over all Decls contained lexically within an ObjC container.
- SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator*> DI_saved(DI_current, &I);
- SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator> DE_saved(DE_current, E);
-
- for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
- Decl *D = *I;
- if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() != DC)
- continue;
- CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest);
-
- // Ignore synthesized ivars here, otherwise if we have something like:
- // @synthesize prop = _prop;
- // and '_prop' is not declared, we will encounter a '_prop' ivar before
- // encountering the 'prop' synthesize declaration and we will think that
- // we passed the region-of-interest.
- if (ObjCIvarDecl *ivarD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) {
- if (ivarD->getSynthesize())
- continue;
- }
-
- // FIXME: ObjCClassRef/ObjCProtocolRef for forward class/protocol
- // declarations is a mismatch with the compiler semantics.
- if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl) {
- ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
- if (!ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
- Cursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, ID->getLocation(), TU);
-
- } else if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl) {
- ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
- if (!PD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
- Cursor = MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, PD->getLocation(), TU);
- }
-
- const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
- if (!V.hasValue())
- continue;
- if (!V.getValue())
- return false;
- if (Visit(Cursor, true))
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D) {
- llvm_unreachable("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()");
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
- return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
- return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagDecl(TagDecl *D) {
- return VisitDeclContext(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(
- ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {
- bool ShouldVisitBody = false;
- switch (D->getSpecializationKind()) {
- case TSK_Undeclared:
- case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
- // Nothing to visit
- return false;
-
- case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
- case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
- break;
-
- case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
- ShouldVisitBody = true;
- break;
- }
-
- // Visit the template arguments used in the specialization.
- if (TypeSourceInfo *SpecType = D->getTypeAsWritten()) {
- TypeLoc TL = SpecType->getTypeLoc();
- if (TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc *TSTLoc
- = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(&TL)) {
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = TSTLoc->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
- if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TSTLoc->getArgLoc(I)))
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- if (ShouldVisitBody && VisitCXXRecordDecl(D))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl(
- ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D) {
- // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
- // before visiting these template parameters.
- if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the partial specialization arguments.
- const TemplateArgumentLoc *TemplateArgs = D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten();
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = D->getNumTemplateArgsAsWritten(); I != N; ++I)
- if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgs[I]))
- return true;
-
- return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D) {
- // Visit the default argument.
- if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
- if (TypeSourceInfo *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgumentInfo())
- if (Visit(DefArg->getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) {
- if (Expr *Init = D->getInitExpr())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
- if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DD->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/// \brief Compare two base or member initializers based on their source order.
-static int CompareCXXCtorInitializers(const void* Xp, const void *Yp) {
- CXXCtorInitializer const * const *X
- = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Xp);
- CXXCtorInitializer const * const *Y
- = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Yp);
-
- if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() < (*Y)->getSourceOrder())
- return -1;
- else if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() > (*Y)->getSourceOrder())
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *ND) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
- // Visit the function declaration's syntactic components in the order
- // written. This requires a bit of work.
- TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
- FunctionTypeLoc *FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL);
-
- // If we have a function declared directly (without the use of a typedef),
- // visit just the return type. Otherwise, just visit the function's type
- // now.
- if ((FTL && !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND) && Visit(FTL->getResultLoc())) ||
- (!FTL && Visit(TL)))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = ND->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the declaration name.
- if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(ND->getNameInfo()))
- return true;
-
- // FIXME: Visit explicitly-specified template arguments!
-
- // Visit the function parameters, if we have a function type.
- if (FTL && VisitFunctionTypeLoc(*FTL, true))
- return true;
-
- // FIXME: Attributes?
- }
-
- if (ND->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !ND->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
- if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) {
- // Find the initializers that were written in the source.
- SmallVector<CXXCtorInitializer *, 4> WrittenInits;
- for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_iterator I = Constructor->init_begin(),
- IEnd = Constructor->init_end();
- I != IEnd; ++I) {
- if (!(*I)->isWritten())
- continue;
-
- WrittenInits.push_back(*I);
- }
-
- // Sort the initializers in source order
- llvm::array_pod_sort(WrittenInits.begin(), WrittenInits.end(),
- &CompareCXXCtorInitializers);
-
- // Visit the initializers in source order
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = WrittenInits.size(); I != N; ++I) {
- CXXCtorInitializer *Init = WrittenInits[I];
- if (Init->isAnyMemberInitializer()) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Init->getAnyMember(),
- Init->getMemberLocation(), TU)))
- return true;
- } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
- if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
- }
-
- // Visit the initializer value.
- if (Expr *Initializer = Init->getInit())
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Initializer, ND, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
- if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
- return true;
-
- if (Expr *BitWidth = D->getBitWidth())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(BitWidth, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) {
- if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
- return true;
-
- if (Expr *Init = D->getInit())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D) {
- if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
- return true;
-
- if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
- if (Expr *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgument())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(DefArg, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) {
- // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the FunctionDecl
- // before visiting these template parameters.
- if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
- return true;
-
- return VisitFunctionDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D) {
- // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
- // before visiting these template parameters.
- if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
- return true;
-
- return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) {
- if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
- return true;
-
- if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited() &&
- VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument()))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *ND) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getResultTypeSourceInfo())
- if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
-
- for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = ND->param_begin(),
- PEnd = ND->param_end();
- P != PEnd; ++P) {
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
- }
-
- if (ND->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
- Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-template <typename DeclIt>
-static void addRangedDeclsInContainer(DeclIt *DI_current, DeclIt DE_current,
- SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation EndLoc,
- SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) {
- DeclIt next = *DI_current;
- while (++next != DE_current) {
- Decl *D_next = *next;
- if (!D_next)
- break;
- SourceLocation L = D_next->getLocStart();
- if (!L.isValid())
- break;
- if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, EndLoc)) {
- *DI_current = next;
- Decls.push_back(D_next);
- continue;
- }
- break;
- }
-}
-
-namespace {
- struct ContainerDeclsSort {
- SourceManager &SM;
- ContainerDeclsSort(SourceManager &sm) : SM(sm) {}
- bool operator()(Decl *A, Decl *B) {
- SourceLocation L_A = A->getLocStart();
- SourceLocation L_B = B->getLocStart();
- assert(L_A.isValid() && L_B.isValid());
- return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L_A, L_B);
- }
- };
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCContainerDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
- // FIXME: Eventually convert back to just 'VisitDeclContext()'. Essentially
- // an @implementation can lexically contain Decls that are not properly
- // nested in the AST. When we identify such cases, we need to retrofit
- // this nesting here.
- if (!DI_current && !FileDI_current)
- return VisitDeclContext(D);
-
- // Scan the Decls that immediately come after the container
- // in the current DeclContext. If any fall within the
- // container's lexical region, stash them into a vector
- // for later processing.
- SmallVector<Decl *, 24> DeclsInContainer;
- SourceLocation EndLoc = D->getSourceRange().getEnd();
- SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
- if (EndLoc.isValid()) {
- if (DI_current) {
- addRangedDeclsInContainer(DI_current, DE_current, SM, EndLoc,
- DeclsInContainer);
- } else {
- addRangedDeclsInContainer(FileDI_current, FileDE_current, SM, EndLoc,
- DeclsInContainer);
- }
- }
-
- // The common case.
- if (DeclsInContainer.empty())
- return VisitDeclContext(D);
-
- // Get all the Decls in the DeclContext, and sort them with the
- // additional ones we've collected. Then visit them.
- for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = D->decls_begin(), E = D->decls_end();
- I!=E; ++I) {
- Decl *subDecl = *I;
- if (!subDecl || subDecl->getLexicalDeclContext() != D ||
- subDecl->getLocStart().isInvalid())
- continue;
- DeclsInContainer.push_back(subDecl);
- }
-
- // Now sort the Decls so that they appear in lexical order.
- std::sort(DeclsInContainer.begin(), DeclsInContainer.end(),
- ContainerDeclsSort(SM));
-
- // Now visit the decls.
- for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator I = DeclsInContainer.begin(),
- E = DeclsInContainer.end(); I != E; ++I) {
- CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(*I, TU, RegionOfInterest);
- const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
- if (!V.hasValue())
- continue;
- if (!V.getValue())
- return false;
- if (Visit(Cursor, true))
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryDecl(ObjCCategoryDecl *ND) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ND->getClassInterface(), ND->getLocation(),
- TU)))
- return true;
-
- ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = ND->protocol_loc_begin();
- for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = ND->protocol_begin(),
- E = ND->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
- return true;
-
- return VisitObjCContainerDecl(ND);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCProtocolDecl(ObjCProtocolDecl *PID) {
- if (!PID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
- return Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PID, PID->getLocation(), TU));
-
- ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = PID->protocol_loc_begin();
- for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PID->protocol_begin(),
- E = PID->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
- return true;
-
- return VisitObjCContainerDecl(PID);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD) {
- if (PD->getTypeSourceInfo() && Visit(PD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
-
- // FIXME: This implements a workaround with @property declarations also being
- // installed in the DeclContext for the @interface. Eventually this code
- // should be removed.
- ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(PD->getDeclContext());
- if (!CDecl || !CDecl->IsClassExtension())
- return false;
-
- ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = CDecl->getClassInterface();
- if (!ID)
- return false;
-
- IdentifierInfo *PropertyId = PD->getIdentifier();
- ObjCPropertyDecl *prevDecl =
- ObjCPropertyDecl::findPropertyDecl(cast<DeclContext>(ID), PropertyId);
-
- if (!prevDecl)
- return false;
-
- // Visit synthesized methods since they will be skipped when visiting
- // the @interface.
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getGetterMethodDecl())
- if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
-
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getSetterMethodDecl())
- if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
- if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
- // Forward declaration is treated like a reference.
- return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU));
- }
-
- // Issue callbacks for super class.
- if (D->getSuperClass() &&
- Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
- D->getSuperClassLoc(),
- TU)))
- return true;
-
- ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = D->protocol_loc_begin();
- for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = D->protocol_begin(),
- E = D->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
- return true;
-
- return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplDecl *D) {
- return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) {
- // 'ID' could be null when dealing with invalid code.
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = D->getClassInterface())
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, D->getLocation(), TU)))
- return true;
-
- return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplementationDecl(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
-#if 0
- // Issue callbacks for super class.
- // FIXME: No source location information!
- if (D->getSuperClass() &&
- Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
- D->getSuperClassLoc(),
- TU)))
- return true;
-#endif
-
- return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PD) {
- if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PD->getPropertyIvarDecl())
- if (PD->isIvarNameSpecified())
- return Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Ivar, PD->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), TU));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D) {
- return VisitDeclContext(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) {
- // Visit nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getAliasedNamespace(),
- D->getTargetNameLoc(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D) {
- // Visit nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
- }
-
- if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU)))
- return true;
-
- return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D) {
- // Visit nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(),
- D->getIdentLocation(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D) {
- // Visit nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
- }
-
- return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(
- UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
- // Visit nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo Name) {
- switch (Name.getName().getNameKind()) {
- case clang::DeclarationName::Identifier:
- case clang::DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
- case clang::DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
- case clang::DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
- return false;
-
- case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
- case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
- case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Name.getNamedTypeInfo())
- return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
- return false;
-
- case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
- case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
- case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
- // FIXME: Per-identifier location info?
- return false;
- }
-
- llvm_unreachable("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!");
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
- SourceRange Range) {
- // FIXME: This whole routine is a hack to work around the lack of proper
- // source information in nested-name-specifiers (PR5791). Since we do have
- // a beginning source location, we can visit the first component of the
- // nested-name-specifier, if it's a single-token component.
- if (!NNS)
- return false;
-
- // Get the first component in the nested-name-specifier.
- while (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
- NNS = Prefix;
-
- switch (NNS->getKind()) {
- case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
- return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), Range.getBegin(),
- TU));
-
- case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
- return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
- Range.getBegin(), TU));
-
- case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: {
- // If the type has a form where we know that the beginning of the source
- // range matches up with a reference cursor. Visit the appropriate reference
- // cursor.
- const Type *T = NNS->getAsType();
- if (const TypedefType *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
- if (const TagType *Tag = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Tag->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
- if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
- = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T))
- return VisitTemplateName(TST->getTemplateName(), Range.getBegin());
- break;
- }
-
- case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
- case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
- case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
- break;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
- SmallVector<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, 4> Qualifiers;
- for (; Qualifier; Qualifier = Qualifier.getPrefix())
- Qualifiers.push_back(Qualifier);
-
- while (!Qualifiers.empty()) {
- NestedNameSpecifierLoc Q = Qualifiers.pop_back_val();
- NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Q.getNestedNameSpecifier();
- switch (NNS->getKind()) {
- case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
- if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(),
- Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
- TU)))
- return true;
-
- break;
-
- case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
- if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
- Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
- TU)))
- return true;
-
- break;
-
- case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
- case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
- if (Visit(Q.getTypeLoc()))
- return true;
-
- break;
-
- case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
- case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateParameters(
- const TemplateParameterList *Params) {
- if (!Params)
- return false;
-
- for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
- PEnd = Params->end();
- P != PEnd; ++P) {
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateName(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc) {
- switch (Name.getKind()) {
- case TemplateName::Template:
- return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(Name.getAsTemplateDecl(), Loc, TU));
-
- case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
- // Visit the overloaded template set.
- if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Name, Loc, TU)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-
- case TemplateName::DependentTemplate:
- // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
- return false;
-
- case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
- // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
- return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
- Name.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()->getDecl(),
- Loc, TU));
-
- case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm:
- return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
- Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm()->getParameter(),
- Loc, TU));
-
- case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack:
- return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
- Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()->getParameterPack(),
- Loc, TU));
- }
-
- llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!");
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TAL) {
- switch (TAL.getArgument().getKind()) {
- case TemplateArgument::Null:
- case TemplateArgument::Integral:
- case TemplateArgument::Pack:
- return false;
-
- case TemplateArgument::Type:
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TAL.getTypeSourceInfo())
- return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
- return false;
-
- case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
- if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceDeclExpression())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
- return false;
-
- case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
- if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceNullPtrExpression())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
- return false;
-
- case TemplateArgument::Expression:
- if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceExpression())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
- return false;
-
- case TemplateArgument::Template:
- case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TAL.getTemplateQualifierLoc()))
- return true;
-
- return VisitTemplateName(TAL.getArgument().getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(),
- TAL.getTemplateNameLoc());
- }
-
- llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!");
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D) {
- return VisitDeclContext(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) {
- ASTContext &Context = AU->getASTContext();
-
- // Some builtin types (such as Objective-C's "id", "sel", and
- // "Class") have associated declarations. Create cursors for those.
- QualType VisitType;
- switch (TL.getTypePtr()->getKind()) {
-
- case BuiltinType::Void:
- case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
- case BuiltinType::Dependent:
-#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
-#define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
-#define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
-#define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
-#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
-#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
- break;
-
- case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
- VisitType = Context.getObjCIdType();
- break;
-
- case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
- VisitType = Context.getObjCClassType();
- break;
-
- case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
- VisitType = Context.getObjCSelType();
- break;
- }
-
- if (!VisitType.isNull()) {
- if (const TypedefType *Typedef = VisitType->getAs<TypedefType>())
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), TL.getBuiltinLoc(),
- TU));
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getTypedefNameDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypeLoc(UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) {
- if (TL.isDefinition())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest));
-
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(TL.getIFaceDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) {
- if (TL.hasBaseTypeAsWritten() && Visit(TL.getBaseLoc()))
- return true;
-
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I),
- TU)))
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL,
- bool SkipResultType) {
- if (!SkipResultType && Visit(TL.getResultLoc()))
- return true;
-
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
- if (Decl *D = TL.getArg(I))
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) {
- if (Visit(TL.getElementLoc()))
- return true;
-
- if (Expr *Size = TL.getSizeExpr())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Size, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
- TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
- // Visit the template name.
- if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(),
- TL.getTemplateNameLoc()))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the template arguments.
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
- if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getUnderlyingExpr(), StmtParent, TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
- return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
- return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) {
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
- DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if there is one.
- if (TL.getQualifierLoc() &&
- VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the template arguments.
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
- if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) {
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
- return true;
-
- return Visit(TL.getNamedTypeLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitPackExpansionTypeLoc(PackExpansionTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getPatternLoc());
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) {
- if (Expr *E = TL.getUnderlyingExpr())
- return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU));
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitInjectedClassNameTypeLoc(InjectedClassNameTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) {
- return Visit(TL.getValueLoc());
-}
-
-#define DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(CLASS, PARENT) \
-bool CursorVisitor::Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { \
- return Visit##PARENT##Loc(TL); \
-}
-
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Complex, Type)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantArray, ArrayType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(IncompleteArray, ArrayType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(VariableArray, ArrayType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedExtVector, Type)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Vector, Type)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ExtVector, VectorType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionProto, FunctionType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Record, TagType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Enum, TagType)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type)
-DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Auto, Type)
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) {
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) {
- for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = D->bases_begin(),
- E = D->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
- if (Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(I, TU)))
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return VisitTagDecl(D);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributes(Decl *D) {
- for (AttrVec::const_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end();
- i != e; ++i)
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*i, D, TU)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Data-recursive visitor methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-#define DEF_JOB(NAME, DATA, KIND)\
-class NAME : public VisitorJob {\
-public:\
- NAME(DATA *d, CXCursor parent) : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::KIND, d) {} \
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { return VJ->getKind() == KIND; }\
- DATA *get() const { return static_cast<DATA*>(data[0]); }\
-};
-
-DEF_JOB(StmtVisit, Stmt, StmtVisitKind)
-DEF_JOB(MemberExprParts, MemberExpr, MemberExprPartsKind)
-DEF_JOB(DeclRefExprParts, DeclRefExpr, DeclRefExprPartsKind)
-DEF_JOB(OverloadExprParts, OverloadExpr, OverloadExprPartsKind)
-DEF_JOB(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit, ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo,
- ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind)
-DEF_JOB(SizeOfPackExprParts, SizeOfPackExpr, SizeOfPackExprPartsKind)
-DEF_JOB(LambdaExprParts, LambdaExpr, LambdaExprPartsKind)
-DEF_JOB(PostChildrenVisit, void, PostChildrenVisitKind)
-#undef DEF_JOB
-
-class DeclVisit : public VisitorJob {
-public:
- DeclVisit(Decl *d, CXCursor parent, bool isFirst) :
- VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind,
- d, isFirst ? (void*) 1 : (void*) 0) {}
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
- return VJ->getKind() == DeclVisitKind;
- }
- Decl *get() const { return static_cast<Decl*>(data[0]); }
- bool isFirst() const { return data[1] ? true : false; }
-};
-class TypeLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
-public:
- TypeLocVisit(TypeLoc tl, CXCursor parent) :
- VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind,
- tl.getType().getAsOpaquePtr(), tl.getOpaqueData()) {}
-
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
- return VJ->getKind() == TypeLocVisitKind;
- }
-
- TypeLoc get() const {
- QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(data[0]);
- return TypeLoc(T, data[1]);
- }
-};
-
-class LabelRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
-public:
- LabelRefVisit(LabelDecl *LD, SourceLocation labelLoc, CXCursor parent)
- : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind, LD,
- labelLoc.getPtrEncoding()) {}
-
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
- return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind;
- }
- LabelDecl *get() const { return static_cast<LabelDecl*>(data[0]); }
- SourceLocation getLoc() const {
- return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(data[1]); }
-};
-
-class NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
-public:
- NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier, CXCursor parent)
- : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind,
- Qualifier.getNestedNameSpecifier(),
- Qualifier.getOpaqueData()) { }
-
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
- return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind;
- }
-
- NestedNameSpecifierLoc get() const {
- return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(data[0]),
- data[1]);
- }
-};
-
-class DeclarationNameInfoVisit : public VisitorJob {
-public:
- DeclarationNameInfoVisit(Stmt *S, CXCursor parent)
- : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind, S) {}
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
- return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind;
- }
- DeclarationNameInfo get() const {
- Stmt *S = static_cast<Stmt*>(data[0]);
- switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
- default:
- llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Stmt");
- case clang::Stmt::MSDependentExistsStmtClass:
- return cast<MSDependentExistsStmt>(S)->getNameInfo();
- case Stmt::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass:
- return cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(S)->getMemberNameInfo();
- case Stmt::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass:
- return cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(S)->getNameInfo();
- }
- }
-};
-class MemberRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
-public:
- MemberRefVisit(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L, CXCursor parent)
- : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind, D,
- L.getPtrEncoding()) {}
- static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
- return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind;
- }
- FieldDecl *get() const {
- return static_cast<FieldDecl*>(data[0]);
- }
- SourceLocation getLoc() const {
- return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t) data[1]);
- }
-};
-class EnqueueVisitor : public StmtVisitor<EnqueueVisitor, void> {
- VisitorWorkList &WL;
- CXCursor Parent;
-public:
- EnqueueVisitor(VisitorWorkList &wl, CXCursor parent)
- : WL(wl), Parent(parent) {}
-
- void VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E);
- void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *B);
- void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
- void VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S);
- void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { /* Do nothing. */ }
- void VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(MSDependentExistsStmt *S);
- void VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E);
- void VisitCXXCatchStmt(CXXCatchStmt *S);
- void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *D);
- void VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *S);
- void VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E);
- void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E);
- void VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E);
- void VisitForStmt(ForStmt *FS);
- void VisitGotoStmt(GotoStmt *GS);
- void VisitIfStmt(IfStmt *If);
- void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *IE);
- void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *M);
- void VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E);
- void VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E);
- void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *M);
- void VisitOverloadExpr(OverloadExpr *E);
- void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
- void VisitStmt(Stmt *S);
- void VisitSwitchStmt(SwitchStmt *S);
- void VisitWhileStmt(WhileStmt *W);
- void VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E);
- void VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E);
- void VisitTypeTraitExpr(TypeTraitExpr *E);
- void VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E);
- void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E);
- void VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *U);
- void VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *E);
- void VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E);
- void VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
- void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E);
- void VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E);
-
-private:
- void AddDeclarationNameInfo(Stmt *S);
- void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier);
- void AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A);
- void AddMemberRef(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L);
- void AddStmt(Stmt *S);
- void AddDecl(Decl *D, bool isFirst = true);
- void AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
- void EnqueueChildren(Stmt *S);
-};
-} // end anonyous namespace
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::AddDeclarationNameInfo(Stmt *S) {
- // 'S' should always be non-null, since it comes from the
- // statement we are visiting.
- WL.push_back(DeclarationNameInfoVisit(S, Parent));
-}
-
-void
-EnqueueVisitor::AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
- if (Qualifier)
- WL.push_back(NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(Qualifier, Parent));
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::AddStmt(Stmt *S) {
- if (S)
- WL.push_back(StmtVisit(S, Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::AddDecl(Decl *D, bool isFirst) {
- if (D)
- WL.push_back(DeclVisit(D, Parent, isFirst));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::
- AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A) {
- if (A)
- WL.push_back(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(
- const_cast<ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*>(A), Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::AddMemberRef(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L) {
- if (D)
- WL.push_back(MemberRefVisit(D, L, Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
- if (TI)
- WL.push_back(TypeLocVisit(TI->getTypeLoc(), Parent));
- }
-void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(Stmt *S) {
- unsigned size = WL.size();
- for (Stmt::child_range Child = S->children(); Child; ++Child) {
- AddStmt(*Child);
- }
- if (size == WL.size())
- return;
- // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
- // ordering performed by the worklist.
- VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
- std::reverse(I, E);
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E) {
- WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(E->getLabel(), E->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *B) {
- AddDecl(B->getBlockDecl());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S) {
- for (CompoundStmt::reverse_body_iterator I = S->body_rbegin(),
- E = S->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) {
- AddStmt(*I);
- }
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::
-VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(MSDependentExistsStmt *S) {
- AddStmt(S->getSubStmt());
- AddDeclarationNameInfo(S);
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = S->getQualifierLoc())
- AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::
-VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
- AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
- AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
- AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
- if (!E->isImplicitAccess())
- AddStmt(E->getBase());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
- // Enqueue the initializer , if any.
- AddStmt(E->getInitializer());
- // Enqueue the array size, if any.
- AddStmt(E->getArraySize());
- // Enqueue the allocated type.
- AddTypeLoc(E->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo());
- // Enqueue the placement arguments.
- for (unsigned I = E->getNumPlacementArgs(); I > 0; --I)
- AddStmt(E->getPlacementArg(I-1));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE) {
- for (unsigned I = CE->getNumArgs(); I > 1 /* Yes, this is 1 */; --I)
- AddStmt(CE->getArg(I-1));
- AddStmt(CE->getCallee());
- AddStmt(CE->getArg(0));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) {
- // Visit the name of the type being destroyed.
- AddTypeLoc(E->getDestroyedTypeInfo());
- // Visit the scope type that looks disturbingly like the nested-name-specifier
- // but isn't.
- AddTypeLoc(E->getScopeTypeInfo());
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
- AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
- // Visit base expression.
- AddStmt(E->getBase());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- if (E->isTypeOperand())
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr
- *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- if (E->isTypeOperand())
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXCatchStmt(CXXCatchStmt *S) {
- EnqueueChildren(S);
- AddDecl(S->getExceptionDecl());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DR) {
- if (DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
- AddExplicitTemplateArgs(&DR->getExplicitTemplateArgs());
- }
- WL.push_back(DeclRefExprParts(DR, Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
- AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
- AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
- AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *S) {
- unsigned size = WL.size();
- bool isFirst = true;
- for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
- D != DEnd; ++D) {
- AddDecl(*D, isFirst);
- isFirst = false;
- }
- if (size == WL.size())
- return;
- // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
- // ordering performed by the worklist.
- VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
- std::reverse(I, E);
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E) {
- AddStmt(E->getInit());
- typedef DesignatedInitExpr::Designator Designator;
- for (DesignatedInitExpr::reverse_designators_iterator
- D = E->designators_rbegin(), DEnd = E->designators_rend();
- D != DEnd; ++D) {
- if (D->isFieldDesignator()) {
- if (FieldDecl *Field = D->getField())
- AddMemberRef(Field, D->getFieldLoc());
- continue;
- }
- if (D->isArrayDesignator()) {
- AddStmt(E->getArrayIndex(*D));
- continue;
- }
- assert(D->isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind");
- AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeEnd(*D));
- AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeStart(*D));
- }
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeInfoAsWritten());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitForStmt(ForStmt *FS) {
- AddStmt(FS->getBody());
- AddStmt(FS->getInc());
- AddStmt(FS->getCond());
- AddDecl(FS->getConditionVariable());
- AddStmt(FS->getInit());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitGotoStmt(GotoStmt *GS) {
- WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(GS->getLabel(), GS->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitIfStmt(IfStmt *If) {
- AddStmt(If->getElse());
- AddStmt(If->getThen());
- AddStmt(If->getCond());
- AddDecl(If->getConditionVariable());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *IE) {
- // We care about the syntactic form of the initializer list, only.
- if (InitListExpr *Syntactic = IE->getSyntacticForm())
- IE = Syntactic;
- EnqueueChildren(IE);
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *M) {
- WL.push_back(MemberExprParts(M, Parent));
-
- // If the base of the member access expression is an implicit 'this', don't
- // visit it.
- // FIXME: If we ever want to show these implicit accesses, this will be
- // unfortunate. However, clang_getCursor() relies on this behavior.
- if (!M->isImplicitAccess())
- AddStmt(M->getBase());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E) {
- AddTypeLoc(E->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *M) {
- EnqueueChildren(M);
- AddTypeLoc(M->getClassReceiverTypeInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E) {
- // Visit the components of the offsetof expression.
- for (unsigned N = E->getNumComponents(), I = N; I > 0; --I) {
- typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
- const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I-1);
- switch (Node.getKind()) {
- case OffsetOfNode::Array:
- AddStmt(E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex()));
- break;
- case OffsetOfNode::Field:
- AddMemberRef(Node.getField(), Node.getSourceRange().getEnd());
- break;
- case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
- case OffsetOfNode::Base:
- continue;
- }
- }
- // Visit the type into which we're computing the offset.
- AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOverloadExpr(OverloadExpr *E) {
- AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
- WL.push_back(OverloadExprParts(E, Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
- UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
- if (E->isArgumentType())
- AddTypeLoc(E->getArgumentTypeInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
- EnqueueChildren(S);
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSwitchStmt(SwitchStmt *S) {
- AddStmt(S->getBody());
- AddStmt(S->getCond());
- AddDecl(S->getConditionVariable());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitWhileStmt(WhileStmt *W) {
- AddStmt(W->getBody());
- AddStmt(W->getCond());
- AddDecl(W->getConditionVariable());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E) {
- AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E) {
- AddTypeLoc(E->getRhsTypeSourceInfo());
- AddTypeLoc(E->getLhsTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitTypeTraitExpr(TypeTraitExpr *E) {
- for (unsigned I = E->getNumArgs(); I > 0; --I)
- AddTypeLoc(E->getArg(I-1));
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
- AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
- EnqueueChildren(E);
-}
-
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *U) {
- VisitOverloadExpr(U);
- if (!U->isImplicitAccess())
- AddStmt(U->getBase());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *E) {
- AddStmt(E->getSubExpr());
- AddTypeLoc(E->getWrittenTypeInfo());
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
- WL.push_back(SizeOfPackExprParts(E, Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
- // If the opaque value has a source expression, just transparently
- // visit that. This is useful for (e.g.) pseudo-object expressions.
- if (Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr())
- return Visit(SourceExpr);
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
- AddStmt(E->getBody());
- WL.push_back(LambdaExprParts(E, Parent));
-}
-void EnqueueVisitor::VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
- // Treat the expression like its syntactic form.
- Visit(E->getSyntacticForm());
-}
-
-void CursorVisitor::EnqueueWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL, Stmt *S) {
- EnqueueVisitor(WL, MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU,RegionOfInterest)).Visit(S);
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::IsInRegionOfInterest(CXCursor C) {
- if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
- SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(C);
- if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
- return false;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::RunVisitorWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL) {
- while (!WL.empty()) {
- // Dequeue the worklist item.
- VisitorJob LI = WL.back();
- WL.pop_back();
-
- // Set the Parent field, then back to its old value once we're done.
- SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, LI.getParent());
-
- switch (LI.getKind()) {
- case VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind: {
- Decl *D = cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->get();
- if (!D)
- continue;
-
- // For now, perform default visitation for Decls.
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest,
- cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->isFirst())))
- return true;
-
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind: {
- const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *ArgList =
- cast<ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit>(&LI)->get();
- for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = ArgList->getTemplateArgs(),
- *ArgEnd = Arg + ArgList->NumTemplateArgs;
- Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
- if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
- return true;
- }
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind: {
- // Perform default visitation for TypeLocs.
- if (Visit(cast<TypeLocVisit>(&LI)->get()))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind: {
- LabelDecl *LS = cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->get();
- if (LabelStmt *stmt = LS->getStmt()) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorLabelRef(stmt, cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->getLoc(),
- TU))) {
- return true;
- }
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- case VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind: {
- NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit *V = cast<NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit>(&LI);
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(V->get()))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
-
- case VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind: {
- if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(cast<DeclarationNameInfoVisit>(&LI)
- ->get()))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind: {
- MemberRefVisit *V = cast<MemberRefVisit>(&LI);
- if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(V->get(), V->getLoc(), TU)))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::StmtVisitKind: {
- Stmt *S = cast<StmtVisit>(&LI)->get();
- if (!S)
- continue;
-
- // Update the current cursor.
- CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest);
- if (!IsInRegionOfInterest(Cursor))
- continue;
- switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
- case CXChildVisit_Break: return true;
- case CXChildVisit_Continue: break;
- case CXChildVisit_Recurse:
- if (PostChildrenVisitor)
- WL.push_back(PostChildrenVisit(0, Cursor));
- EnqueueWorkList(WL, S);
- break;
- }
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::MemberExprPartsKind: {
- // Handle the other pieces in the MemberExpr besides the base.
- MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExprParts>(&LI)->get();
-
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = M->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the declaration name.
- if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(M->getMemberNameInfo()))
- return true;
-
- // Visit the explicitly-specified template arguments, if any.
- if (M->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
- for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = M->getTemplateArgs(),
- *ArgEnd = Arg + M->getNumTemplateArgs();
- Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
- if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
- return true;
- }
- }
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::DeclRefExprPartsKind: {
- DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExprParts>(&LI)->get();
- // Visit nested-name-specifier, if present.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DR->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
- // Visit declaration name.
- if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DR->getNameInfo()))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::OverloadExprPartsKind: {
- OverloadExpr *O = cast<OverloadExprParts>(&LI)->get();
- // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
- if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = O->getQualifierLoc())
- if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
- return true;
- // Visit the declaration name.
- if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(O->getNameInfo()))
- return true;
- // Visit the overloaded declaration reference.
- if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(O, TU)))
- return true;
- continue;
- }
- case VisitorJob::SizeOfPackExprPartsKind: {
- SizeOfPackExpr *E = cast<SizeOfPackExprParts>(&LI)->get();
- NamedDecl *Pack = E->getPack();
- if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack)) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack),
- E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
- return true;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack)) {
- if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack),
- E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
- return true;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- // Non-type template parameter packs and function parameter packs are
- // treated like DeclRefExpr cursors.
- continue;
- }
-
- case VisitorJob::LambdaExprPartsKind: {
- // Visit captures.
- LambdaExpr *E = cast<LambdaExprParts>(&LI)->get();
- for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = E->explicit_capture_begin(),
- CEnd = E->explicit_capture_end();
- C != CEnd; ++C) {
- if (C->capturesThis())
- continue;
-
- if (Visit(MakeCursorVariableRef(C->getCapturedVar(),
- C->getLocation(),
- TU)))
- return true;
- }
-
- // Visit parameters and return type, if present.
- if (E->hasExplicitParameters() || E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
- TypeLoc TL = E->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
- if (E->hasExplicitParameters() && E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
- // Visit the whole type.
- if (Visit(TL))
- return true;
- } else if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL)) {
- FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL);
- if (E->hasExplicitParameters()) {
- // Visit parameters.
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
- if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Proto.getArg(I), TU)))
- return true;
- } else {
- // Visit result type.
- if (Visit(Proto.getResultLoc()))
- return true;
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- case VisitorJob::PostChildrenVisitKind:
- if (PostChildrenVisitor(Parent, ClientData))
- return true;
- break;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool CursorVisitor::Visit(Stmt *S) {
- VisitorWorkList *WL = 0;
- if (!WorkListFreeList.empty()) {
- WL = WorkListFreeList.back();
- WL->clear();
- WorkListFreeList.pop_back();
- }
- else {
- WL = new VisitorWorkList();
- WorkListCache.push_back(WL);
- }
- EnqueueWorkList(*WL, S);
- bool result = RunVisitorWorkList(*WL);
- WorkListFreeList.push_back(WL);
- return result;
-}
-
-namespace {
-typedef llvm::SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> RefNamePieces;
-RefNamePieces buildPieces(unsigned NameFlags, bool IsMemberRefExpr,
- const DeclarationNameInfo &NI,
- const SourceRange &QLoc,
- const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0){
- const bool WantQualifier = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantQualifier;
- const bool WantTemplateArgs = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs;
- const bool WantSinglePiece = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece;
-
- const DeclarationName::NameKind Kind = NI.getName().getNameKind();
-
- RefNamePieces Pieces;
-
- if (WantQualifier && QLoc.isValid())
- Pieces.push_back(QLoc);
-
- if (Kind != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || IsMemberRefExpr)
- Pieces.push_back(NI.getLoc());
-
- if (WantTemplateArgs && TemplateArgs)
- Pieces.push_back(SourceRange(TemplateArgs->LAngleLoc,
- TemplateArgs->RAngleLoc));
-
- if (Kind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) {
- Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
- NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc));
- Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
- NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc));
- }
-
- if (WantSinglePiece) {
- SourceRange R(Pieces.front().getBegin(), Pieces.back().getEnd());
- Pieces.clear();
- Pieces.push_back(R);
- }
-
- return Pieces;
-}
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Misc. API hooks.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static llvm::sys::Mutex EnableMultithreadingMutex;
-static bool EnabledMultithreading;
-
-static void fatal_error_handler(void *user_data, const std::string& reason) {
- // Write the result out to stderr avoiding errs() because raw_ostreams can
- // call report_fatal_error.
- fprintf(stderr, "LIBCLANG FATAL ERROR: %s\n", reason.c_str());
- ::abort();
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
- int displayDiagnostics) {
- // Disable pretty stack trace functionality, which will otherwise be a very
- // poor citizen of the world and set up all sorts of signal handlers.
- llvm::DisablePrettyStackTrace = true;
-
- // We use crash recovery to make some of our APIs more reliable, implicitly
- // enable it.
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
-
- // Enable support for multithreading in LLVM.
- {
- llvm::sys::ScopedLock L(EnableMultithreadingMutex);
- if (!EnabledMultithreading) {
- llvm::install_fatal_error_handler(fatal_error_handler, 0);
- llvm::llvm_start_multithreaded();
- EnabledMultithreading = true;
- }
- }
-
- CIndexer *CIdxr = new CIndexer();
- if (excludeDeclarationsFromPCH)
- CIdxr->setOnlyLocalDecls();
- if (displayDiagnostics)
- CIdxr->setDisplayDiagnostics();
-
- if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_INDEX"))
- CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
- CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
- if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_EDIT"))
- CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
- CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing);
-
- return CIdxr;
-}
-
-void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex CIdx) {
- if (CIdx)
- delete static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
-}
-
-void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx, unsigned options) {
- if (CIdx)
- static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setCXGlobalOptFlags(options);
-}
-
-unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx) {
- if (CIdx)
- return static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->getCXGlobalOptFlags();
- return 0;
-}
-
-void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled) {
- if (isEnabled)
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
- else
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Disable();
-}
-
-CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
- const char *ast_filename) {
- if (!CIdx)
- return 0;
-
- CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
- FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
-
- IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags;
- ASTUnit *TU = ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(ast_filename, Diags, FileSystemOpts,
- CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
- 0, 0,
- /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
- /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
- /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true);
- return MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, TU);
-}
-
-unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions() {
- return CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble |
- CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
-}
-
-CXTranslationUnit
-clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(CXIndex CIdx,
- const char *source_filename,
- int num_command_line_args,
- const char * const *command_line_args,
- unsigned num_unsaved_files,
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files) {
- unsigned Options = CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord;
- return clang_parseTranslationUnit(CIdx, source_filename,
- command_line_args, num_command_line_args,
- unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files,
- Options);
-}
-
-struct ParseTranslationUnitInfo {
- CXIndex CIdx;
- const char *source_filename;
- const char *const *command_line_args;
- int num_command_line_args;
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files;
- unsigned num_unsaved_files;
- unsigned options;
- CXTranslationUnit result;
-};
-static void clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
- ParseTranslationUnitInfo *PTUI =
- static_cast<ParseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
- CXIndex CIdx = PTUI->CIdx;
- const char *source_filename = PTUI->source_filename;
- const char * const *command_line_args = PTUI->command_line_args;
- int num_command_line_args = PTUI->num_command_line_args;
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = PTUI->unsaved_files;
- unsigned num_unsaved_files = PTUI->num_unsaved_files;
- unsigned options = PTUI->options;
- PTUI->result = 0;
-
- if (!CIdx)
- return;
-
- CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
-
- if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
- setThreadBackgroundPriority();
-
- bool PrecompilePreamble = options & CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble;
- // FIXME: Add a flag for modules.
- TranslationUnitKind TUKind
- = (options & CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete)? TU_Prefix : TU_Complete;
- bool CacheCodeCompetionResults
- = options & CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
- bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion
- = options & CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion;
- bool SkipFunctionBodies = options & CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies;
- bool ForSerialization = options & CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization;
-
- // Configure the diagnostics.
- IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>
- Diags(CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions,
- num_command_line_args,
- command_line_args));
-
- // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<DiagnosticsEngine,
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<DiagnosticsEngine> >
- DiagCleanup(Diags.getPtr());
-
- OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> >
- RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
-
- // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
- std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
-
- for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) {
- StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length);
- const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
- = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename);
- RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename,
- Buffer));
- }
-
- OwningPtr<std::vector<const char *> >
- Args(new std::vector<const char*>());
-
- // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<const char*> >
- ArgsCleanup(Args.get());
-
- // Since the Clang C library is primarily used by batch tools dealing with
- // (often very broken) source code, where spell-checking can have a
- // significant negative impact on performance (particularly when
- // precompiled headers are involved), we disable it by default.
- // Only do this if we haven't found a spell-checking-related argument.
- bool FoundSpellCheckingArgument = false;
- for (int I = 0; I != num_command_line_args; ++I) {
- if (strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fno-spell-checking") == 0 ||
- strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fspell-checking") == 0) {
- FoundSpellCheckingArgument = true;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!FoundSpellCheckingArgument)
- Args->push_back("-fno-spell-checking");
-
- Args->insert(Args->end(), command_line_args,
- command_line_args + num_command_line_args);
-
- // The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller does not
- // specify it then it is assumed that the source file is specified
- // in the actual argument list.
- // Put the source file after command_line_args otherwise if '-x' flag is
- // present it will be unused.
- if (source_filename)
- Args->push_back(source_filename);
-
- // Do we need the detailed preprocessing record?
- if (options & CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord) {
- Args->push_back("-Xclang");
- Args->push_back("-detailed-preprocessing-record");
- }
-
- unsigned NumErrors = Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors();
- OwningPtr<ASTUnit> ErrUnit;
- OwningPtr<ASTUnit> Unit(
- ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(Args->size() ? &(*Args)[0] : 0
- /* vector::data() not portable */,
- Args->size() ? (&(*Args)[0] + Args->size()) :0,
- Diags,
- CXXIdx->getClangResourcesPath(),
- CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
- /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
- RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0]:0,
- RemappedFiles->size(),
- /*RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName=*/true,
- PrecompilePreamble,
- TUKind,
- CacheCodeCompetionResults,
- IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion,
- /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
- SkipFunctionBodies,
- /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true,
- ForSerialization,
- &ErrUnit));
-
- if (NumErrors != Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors()) {
- // Make sure to check that 'Unit' is non-NULL.
- if (CXXIdx->getDisplayDiagnostics())
- printDiagsToStderr(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get());
- }
-
- PTUI->result = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, Unit.take());
-}
-CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
- const char *source_filename,
- const char * const *command_line_args,
- int num_command_line_args,
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
- unsigned num_unsaved_files,
- unsigned options) {
- ParseTranslationUnitInfo PTUI = { CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args,
- num_command_line_args, unsaved_files,
- num_unsaved_files, options, 0 };
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
-
- if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl, &PTUI)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during parsing: {\n");
- fprintf(stderr, " 'source_filename' : '%s'\n", source_filename);
- fprintf(stderr, " 'command_line_args' : [");
- for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) {
- if (i)
- fprintf(stderr, ", ");
- fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", command_line_args[i]);
- }
- fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
- fprintf(stderr, " 'unsaved_files' : [");
- for (unsigned i = 0; i != num_unsaved_files; ++i) {
- if (i)
- fprintf(stderr, ", ");
- fprintf(stderr, "('%s', '...', %ld)", unsaved_files[i].Filename,
- unsaved_files[i].Length);
- }
- fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
- fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
- fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
-
- return 0;
- } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
- PrintLibclangResourceUsage(PTUI.result);
- }
-
- return PTUI.result;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
- return CXSaveTranslationUnit_None;
-}
-
-namespace {
-
-struct SaveTranslationUnitInfo {
- CXTranslationUnit TU;
- const char *FileName;
- unsigned options;
- CXSaveError result;
-};
-
-}
-
-static void clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
- SaveTranslationUnitInfo *STUI =
- static_cast<SaveTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
-
- CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)STUI->TU->CIdx;
- if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
- setThreadBackgroundPriority();
-
- bool hadError = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(STUI->TU->TUData)->Save(STUI->FileName);
- STUI->result = hadError ? CXSaveError_Unknown : CXSaveError_None;
-}
-
-int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName,
- unsigned options) {
- if (!TU)
- return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
- if (!CXXUnit->hasSema())
- return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
-
- SaveTranslationUnitInfo STUI = { TU, FileName, options, CXSaveError_None };
-
- if (!CXXUnit->getDiagnostics().hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() ||
- getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) {
- clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(&STUI);
-
- if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
- PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
-
- return STUI.result;
- }
-
- // We have an AST that has invalid nodes due to compiler errors.
- // Use a crash recovery thread for protection.
-
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
-
- if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl, &STUI)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during AST saving: {\n");
- fprintf(stderr, " 'filename' : '%s'\n", FileName);
- fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
- fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
-
- return CXSaveError_Unknown;
-
- } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
- PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
- }
-
- return STUI.result;
-}
-
-void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
- if (CTUnit) {
- // If the translation unit has been marked as unsafe to free, just discard
- // it.
- if (static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData)->isUnsafeToFree())
- return;
-
- delete static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData);
- disposeCXStringPool(CTUnit->StringPool);
- delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(CTUnit->Diagnostics);
- disposeOverridenCXCursorsPool(CTUnit->OverridenCursorsPool);
- delete CTUnit;
- }
-}
-
-unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
- return CXReparse_None;
-}
-
-struct ReparseTranslationUnitInfo {
- CXTranslationUnit TU;
- unsigned num_unsaved_files;
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files;
- unsigned options;
- int result;
-};
-
-static void clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
- ReparseTranslationUnitInfo *RTUI =
- static_cast<ReparseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
- CXTranslationUnit TU = RTUI->TU;
-
- // Reset the associated diagnostics.
- delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl*>(TU->Diagnostics);
- TU->Diagnostics = 0;
-
- unsigned num_unsaved_files = RTUI->num_unsaved_files;
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = RTUI->unsaved_files;
- unsigned options = RTUI->options;
- (void) options;
- RTUI->result = 1;
-
- if (!TU)
- return;
-
- CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx;
- if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
- setThreadBackgroundPriority();
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
-
- OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> >
- RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
-
- // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
- std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
-
- for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) {
- StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length);
- const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
- = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename);
- RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename,
- Buffer));
- }
-
- if (!CXXUnit->Reparse(RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0] : 0,
- RemappedFiles->size()))
- RTUI->result = 0;
-}
-
-int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
- unsigned num_unsaved_files,
- struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
- unsigned options) {
- ReparseTranslationUnitInfo RTUI = { TU, num_unsaved_files, unsaved_files,
- options, 0 };
-
- if (getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) {
- clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(&RTUI);
- return RTUI.result;
- }
-
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
-
- if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl, &RTUI)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during reparsing\n");
- static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData)->setUnsafeToFree(true);
- return 1;
- } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
- PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
-
- return RTUI.result;
-}
-
-
-CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
- if (!CTUnit)
- return createCXString("");
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData);
- return createCXString(CXXUnit->getOriginalSourceFileName(), true);
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData);
- return MakeCXCursor(CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), TU);
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// CXFile Operations.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-extern "C" {
-CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile) {
- if (!SFile)
- return createCXString((const char*)NULL);
-
- FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
- return createCXString(FEnt->getName());
-}
-
-time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile) {
- if (!SFile)
- return 0;
-
- FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
- return FEnt->getModificationTime();
-}
-
-CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu, const char *file_name) {
- if (!tu)
- return 0;
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData);
-
- FileManager &FMgr = CXXUnit->getFileManager();
- return const_cast<FileEntry *>(FMgr.getFile(file_name));
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file) {
- if (!tu || !file)
- return 0;
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData);
- FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file);
- return CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo()
- .isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FEnt);
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// CXCursor Operations.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static Decl *getDeclFromExpr(Stmt *E) {
- if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
- return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
-
- if (DeclRefExpr *RefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
- return RefExpr->getDecl();
- if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
- return ME->getMemberDecl();
- if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
- return RE->getDecl();
- if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) {
- if (PRE->isExplicitProperty())
- return PRE->getExplicitProperty();
- // It could be messaging both getter and setter as in:
- // ++myobj.myprop;
- // in which case prefer to associate the setter since it is less obvious
- // from inspecting the source that the setter is going to get called.
- if (PRE->isMessagingSetter())
- return PRE->getImplicitPropertySetter();
- return PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
- }
- if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
- return getDeclFromExpr(POE->getSyntacticForm());
- if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
- if (Expr *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr())
- return getDeclFromExpr(Src);
-
- if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
- return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getCallee());
- if (CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E))
- if (!CE->isElidable())
- return CE->getConstructor();
- if (ObjCMessageExpr *OME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
- return OME->getMethodDecl();
-
- if (ObjCProtocolExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(E))
- return PE->getProtocol();
- if (SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *NTTP
- = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr>(E))
- return NTTP->getParameterPack();
- if (SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
- if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()) ||
- isa<ParmVarDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()))
- return SizeOfPack->getPack();
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static SourceLocation getLocationFromExpr(Expr *E) {
- if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
- return getLocationFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
-
- if (ObjCMessageExpr *Msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
- return /*FIXME:*/Msg->getLeftLoc();
- if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
- return DRE->getLocation();
- if (MemberExpr *Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
- return Member->getMemberLoc();
- if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
- return Ivar->getLocation();
- if (SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
- return SizeOfPack->getPackLoc();
- if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E))
- return PropRef->getLocation();
-
- return E->getLocStart();
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-
-unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
- CXCursorVisitor visitor,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- CursorVisitor CursorVis(getCursorTU(parent), visitor, client_data,
- /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/false);
- return CursorVis.VisitChildren(parent);
-}
-
-#ifndef __has_feature
-#define __has_feature(x) 0
-#endif
-#if __has_feature(blocks)
-typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
- (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
-
-static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
- return block(cursor, parent);
-}
-#else
-// If we are compiled with a compiler that doesn't have native blocks support,
-// define and call the block manually, so the
-typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult
-{
- void *isa;
- int flags;
- int reserved;
- enum CXChildVisitResult(*invoke)(struct _CXChildVisitResult*, CXCursor,
- CXCursor);
-} *CXCursorVisitorBlock;
-
-static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
- return block->invoke(block, cursor, parent);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
- CXCursorVisitorBlock block) {
- return clang_visitChildren(parent, visitWithBlock, block);
-}
-
-static CXString getDeclSpelling(Decl *D) {
- if (!D)
- return createCXString("");
-
- NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D);
- if (!ND) {
- if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
- if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
- return createCXString(Property->getIdentifier()->getName());
-
- if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D))
- if (Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule())
- return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName());
-
- return createCXString("");
- }
-
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
- return createCXString(OMD->getSelector().getAsString());
-
- if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CIMP = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ND))
- // No, this isn't the same as the code below. getIdentifier() is non-virtual
- // and returns different names. NamedDecl returns the class name and
- // ObjCCategoryImplDecl returns the category name.
- return createCXString(CIMP->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
-
- if (isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D))
- return createCXString("");
-
- SmallString<1024> S;
- llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(S);
- ND->printName(os);
-
- return createCXString(os.str());
-}
-
-CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor C) {
- if (clang_isTranslationUnit(C.kind))
- return clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(
- static_cast<CXTranslationUnit>(C.data[2]));
-
- if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
- switch (C.kind) {
- case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
- ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first;
- return createCXString(Super->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
- }
- case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
- ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
- return createCXString(Class->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
- }
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
- ObjCProtocolDecl *OID = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
- assert(OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl");
- return createCXString(OID->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
- }
- case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
- CXXBaseSpecifier *B = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
- return createCXString(B->getType().getAsString());
- }
- case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
- TypeDecl *Type = getCursorTypeRef(C).first;
- assert(Type && "Missing type decl");
-
- return createCXString(getCursorContext(C).getTypeDeclType(Type).
- getAsString());
- }
- case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
- TemplateDecl *Template = getCursorTemplateRef(C).first;
- assert(Template && "Missing template decl");
-
- return createCXString(Template->getNameAsString());
- }
-
- case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
- NamedDecl *NS = getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first;
- assert(NS && "Missing namespace decl");
-
- return createCXString(NS->getNameAsString());
- }
-
- case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
- FieldDecl *Field = getCursorMemberRef(C).first;
- assert(Field && "Missing member decl");
-
- return createCXString(Field->getNameAsString());
- }
-
- case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
- LabelStmt *Label = getCursorLabelRef(C).first;
- assert(Label && "Missing label");
-
- return createCXString(Label->getName());
- }
-
- case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: {
- OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
- if (Decl *D = Storage.dyn_cast<Decl *>()) {
- if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
- return createCXString(ND->getNameAsString());
- return createCXString("");
- }
- if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
- return createCXString(E->getName().getAsString());
- OverloadedTemplateStorage *Ovl
- = Storage.get<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>();
- if (Ovl->size() == 0)
- return createCXString("");
- return createCXString((*Ovl->begin())->getNameAsString());
- }
-
- case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
- VarDecl *Var = getCursorVariableRef(C).first;
- assert(Var && "Missing variable decl");
-
- return createCXString(Var->getNameAsString());
- }
-
- default:
- return createCXString("<not implemented>");
- }
- }
-
- if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
- Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C));
- if (D)
- return getDeclSpelling(D);
- return createCXString("");
- }
-
- if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
- Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
- if (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S))
- return createCXString(Label->getName());
-
- return createCXString("");
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
- return createCXString(getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getName()
- ->getNameStart());
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition)
- return createCXString(getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getName()
- ->getNameStart());
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
- return createCXString(getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getFileName());
-
- if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return getDeclSpelling(getCursorDecl(C));
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_AnnotateAttr) {
- AnnotateAttr *AA = cast<AnnotateAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
- return createCXString(AA->getAnnotation());
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr) {
- AsmLabelAttr *AA = cast<AsmLabelAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
- return createCXString(AA->getLabel());
- }
-
- return createCXString("");
-}
-
-CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor C,
- unsigned pieceIndex,
- unsigned options) {
- if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C))
- return clang_getNullRange();
-
- ASTContext &Ctx = getCursorContext(C);
-
- if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
- Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
- if (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) {
- if (pieceIndex > 0)
- return clang_getNullRange();
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Label->getIdentLoc());
- }
-
- return clang_getNullRange();
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr) {
- if (ObjCMessageExpr *
- ME = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
- if (pieceIndex >= ME->getNumSelectorLocs())
- return clang_getNullRange();
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, ME->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
- }
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
- C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *
- MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
- if (pieceIndex >= MD->getNumSelectorLocs())
- return clang_getNullRange();
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, MD->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
- }
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl ||
- C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl) {
- if (pieceIndex > 0)
- return clang_getNullRange();
- if (ObjCCategoryDecl *
- CD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CD->getCategoryNameLoc());
- if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *
- CID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CID->getCategoryNameLoc());
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
- if (pieceIndex > 0)
- return clang_getNullRange();
- if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
- ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs = ImportD->getIdentifierLocs();
- if (!Locs.empty())
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx,
- SourceRange(Locs.front(), Locs.back()));
- }
- return clang_getNullRange();
- }
-
- // FIXME: A CXCursor_InclusionDirective should give the location of the
- // filename, but we don't keep track of this.
-
- // FIXME: A CXCursor_AnnotateAttr should give the location of the annotation
- // but we don't keep track of this.
-
- // FIXME: A CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr should give the location of the label
- // but we don't keep track of this.
-
- // Default handling, give the location of the cursor.
-
- if (pieceIndex > 0)
- return clang_getNullRange();
-
- CXSourceLocation CXLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(C);
- SourceLocation Loc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXLoc);
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Loc);
-}
-
-CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
-
- Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- if (!D)
- return createCXString("");
-
- PrintingPolicy Policy = getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy();
- if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
- D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
-
- if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
- SmallString<64> Str;
- llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
- OS << *Function;
- if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
- OS << "<>";
- OS << "(";
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
- if (I)
- OS << ", ";
- OS << Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType().getAsString(Policy);
- }
-
- if (Function->isVariadic()) {
- if (Function->getNumParams())
- OS << ", ";
- OS << "...";
- }
- OS << ")";
- return createCXString(OS.str());
- }
-
- if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) {
- SmallString<64> Str;
- llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
- OS << *ClassTemplate;
- OS << "<";
- TemplateParameterList *Params = ClassTemplate->getTemplateParameters();
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = Params->size(); I != N; ++I) {
- if (I)
- OS << ", ";
-
- NamedDecl *Param = Params->getParam(I);
- if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
- OS << Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
- continue;
- }
-
- // There is no parameter name, which makes this tricky. Try to come up
- // with something useful that isn't too long.
- if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
- OS << (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()? "typename" : "class");
- else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
- = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
- OS << NTTP->getType().getAsString(Policy);
- else
- OS << "template<...> class";
- }
-
- OS << ">";
- return createCXString(OS.str());
- }
-
- if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassSpec
- = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
- // If the type was explicitly written, use that.
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ClassSpec->getTypeAsWritten())
- return createCXString(TSInfo->getType().getAsString(Policy));
-
- SmallString<64> Str;
- llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
- OS << *ClassSpec;
- OS << TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
- ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().data(),
- ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().size(),
- Policy);
- return createCXString(OS.str());
- }
-
- return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
-}
-
-CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind) {
- switch (Kind) {
- case CXCursor_FunctionDecl:
- return createCXString("FunctionDecl");
- case CXCursor_TypedefDecl:
- return createCXString("TypedefDecl");
- case CXCursor_EnumDecl:
- return createCXString("EnumDecl");
- case CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl:
- return createCXString("EnumConstantDecl");
- case CXCursor_StructDecl:
- return createCXString("StructDecl");
- case CXCursor_UnionDecl:
- return createCXString("UnionDecl");
- case CXCursor_ClassDecl:
- return createCXString("ClassDecl");
- case CXCursor_FieldDecl:
- return createCXString("FieldDecl");
- case CXCursor_VarDecl:
- return createCXString("VarDecl");
- case CXCursor_ParmDecl:
- return createCXString("ParmDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCInterfaceDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCCategoryDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCProtocolDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCPropertyDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCIvarDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCInstanceMethodDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCClassMethodDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCImplementationDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCCategoryImplDecl");
- case CXCursor_CXXMethod:
- return createCXString("CXXMethod");
- case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
- return createCXString("UnexposedDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
- return createCXString("ObjCSuperClassRef");
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
- return createCXString("ObjCProtocolRef");
- case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
- return createCXString("ObjCClassRef");
- case CXCursor_TypeRef:
- return createCXString("TypeRef");
- case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
- return createCXString("TemplateRef");
- case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
- return createCXString("NamespaceRef");
- case CXCursor_MemberRef:
- return createCXString("MemberRef");
- case CXCursor_LabelRef:
- return createCXString("LabelRef");
- case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
- return createCXString("OverloadedDeclRef");
- case CXCursor_VariableRef:
- return createCXString("VariableRef");
- case CXCursor_IntegerLiteral:
- return createCXString("IntegerLiteral");
- case CXCursor_FloatingLiteral:
- return createCXString("FloatingLiteral");
- case CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral:
- return createCXString("ImaginaryLiteral");
- case CXCursor_StringLiteral:
- return createCXString("StringLiteral");
- case CXCursor_CharacterLiteral:
- return createCXString("CharacterLiteral");
- case CXCursor_ParenExpr:
- return createCXString("ParenExpr");
- case CXCursor_UnaryOperator:
- return createCXString("UnaryOperator");
- case CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr:
- return createCXString("ArraySubscriptExpr");
- case CXCursor_BinaryOperator:
- return createCXString("BinaryOperator");
- case CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator:
- return createCXString("CompoundAssignOperator");
- case CXCursor_ConditionalOperator:
- return createCXString("ConditionalOperator");
- case CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr:
- return createCXString("CStyleCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr:
- return createCXString("CompoundLiteralExpr");
- case CXCursor_InitListExpr:
- return createCXString("InitListExpr");
- case CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr:
- return createCXString("AddrLabelExpr");
- case CXCursor_StmtExpr:
- return createCXString("StmtExpr");
- case CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr:
- return createCXString("GenericSelectionExpr");
- case CXCursor_GNUNullExpr:
- return createCXString("GNUNullExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXStaticCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXDynamicCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXReinterpretCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXConstCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXFunctionalCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXTypeidExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXBoolLiteralExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXThisExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXThisExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXThrowExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXNewExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXNewExpr");
- case CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr:
- return createCXString("CXXDeleteExpr");
- case CXCursor_UnaryExpr:
- return createCXString("UnaryExpr");
- case CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral:
- return createCXString("ObjCStringLiteral");
- case CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr:
- return createCXString("ObjCBoolLiteralExpr");
- case CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr:
- return createCXString("ObjCEncodeExpr");
- case CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr:
- return createCXString("ObjCSelectorExpr");
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr:
- return createCXString("ObjCProtocolExpr");
- case CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr:
- return createCXString("ObjCBridgedCastExpr");
- case CXCursor_BlockExpr:
- return createCXString("BlockExpr");
- case CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr:
- return createCXString("PackExpansionExpr");
- case CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr:
- return createCXString("SizeOfPackExpr");
- case CXCursor_LambdaExpr:
- return createCXString("LambdaExpr");
- case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
- return createCXString("UnexposedExpr");
- case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
- return createCXString("DeclRefExpr");
- case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
- return createCXString("MemberRefExpr");
- case CXCursor_CallExpr:
- return createCXString("CallExpr");
- case CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr:
- return createCXString("ObjCMessageExpr");
- case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
- return createCXString("UnexposedStmt");
- case CXCursor_DeclStmt:
- return createCXString("DeclStmt");
- case CXCursor_LabelStmt:
- return createCXString("LabelStmt");
- case CXCursor_CompoundStmt:
- return createCXString("CompoundStmt");
- case CXCursor_CaseStmt:
- return createCXString("CaseStmt");
- case CXCursor_DefaultStmt:
- return createCXString("DefaultStmt");
- case CXCursor_IfStmt:
- return createCXString("IfStmt");
- case CXCursor_SwitchStmt:
- return createCXString("SwitchStmt");
- case CXCursor_WhileStmt:
- return createCXString("WhileStmt");
- case CXCursor_DoStmt:
- return createCXString("DoStmt");
- case CXCursor_ForStmt:
- return createCXString("ForStmt");
- case CXCursor_GotoStmt:
- return createCXString("GotoStmt");
- case CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt:
- return createCXString("IndirectGotoStmt");
- case CXCursor_ContinueStmt:
- return createCXString("ContinueStmt");
- case CXCursor_BreakStmt:
- return createCXString("BreakStmt");
- case CXCursor_ReturnStmt:
- return createCXString("ReturnStmt");
- case CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt:
- return createCXString("GCCAsmStmt");
- case CXCursor_MSAsmStmt:
- return createCXString("MSAsmStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCAtTryStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCAtCatchStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCAtFinallyStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCAtThrowStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt");
- case CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt:
- return createCXString("ObjCForCollectionStmt");
- case CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt:
- return createCXString("CXXCatchStmt");
- case CXCursor_CXXTryStmt:
- return createCXString("CXXTryStmt");
- case CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt:
- return createCXString("CXXForRangeStmt");
- case CXCursor_SEHTryStmt:
- return createCXString("SEHTryStmt");
- case CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt:
- return createCXString("SEHExceptStmt");
- case CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt:
- return createCXString("SEHFinallyStmt");
- case CXCursor_NullStmt:
- return createCXString("NullStmt");
- case CXCursor_InvalidFile:
- return createCXString("InvalidFile");
- case CXCursor_InvalidCode:
- return createCXString("InvalidCode");
- case CXCursor_NoDeclFound:
- return createCXString("NoDeclFound");
- case CXCursor_NotImplemented:
- return createCXString("NotImplemented");
- case CXCursor_TranslationUnit:
- return createCXString("TranslationUnit");
- case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
- return createCXString("UnexposedAttr");
- case CXCursor_IBActionAttr:
- return createCXString("attribute(ibaction)");
- case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr:
- return createCXString("attribute(iboutlet)");
- case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr:
- return createCXString("attribute(iboutletcollection)");
- case CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr:
- return createCXString("attribute(final)");
- case CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr:
- return createCXString("attribute(override)");
- case CXCursor_AnnotateAttr:
- return createCXString("attribute(annotate)");
- case CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr:
- return createCXString("asm label");
- case CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective:
- return createCXString("preprocessing directive");
- case CXCursor_MacroDefinition:
- return createCXString("macro definition");
- case CXCursor_MacroExpansion:
- return createCXString("macro expansion");
- case CXCursor_InclusionDirective:
- return createCXString("inclusion directive");
- case CXCursor_Namespace:
- return createCXString("Namespace");
- case CXCursor_LinkageSpec:
- return createCXString("LinkageSpec");
- case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
- return createCXString("C++ base class specifier");
- case CXCursor_Constructor:
- return createCXString("CXXConstructor");
- case CXCursor_Destructor:
- return createCXString("CXXDestructor");
- case CXCursor_ConversionFunction:
- return createCXString("CXXConversion");
- case CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter:
- return createCXString("TemplateTypeParameter");
- case CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter:
- return createCXString("NonTypeTemplateParameter");
- case CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter:
- return createCXString("TemplateTemplateParameter");
- case CXCursor_FunctionTemplate:
- return createCXString("FunctionTemplate");
- case CXCursor_ClassTemplate:
- return createCXString("ClassTemplate");
- case CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
- return createCXString("ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization");
- case CXCursor_NamespaceAlias:
- return createCXString("NamespaceAlias");
- case CXCursor_UsingDirective:
- return createCXString("UsingDirective");
- case CXCursor_UsingDeclaration:
- return createCXString("UsingDeclaration");
- case CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl:
- return createCXString("TypeAliasDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCSynthesizeDecl");
- case CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl:
- return createCXString("ObjCDynamicDecl");
- case CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier:
- return createCXString("CXXAccessSpecifier");
- case CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl:
- return createCXString("ModuleImport");
- }
-
- llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CXCursorKind");
-}
-
-struct GetCursorData {
- SourceLocation TokenBeginLoc;
- bool PointsAtMacroArgExpansion;
- bool VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl;
- SourceLocation VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc;
- CXCursor &BestCursor;
-
- GetCursorData(SourceManager &SM,
- SourceLocation tokenBegin, CXCursor &outputCursor)
- : TokenBeginLoc(tokenBegin), BestCursor(outputCursor) {
- PointsAtMacroArgExpansion = SM.isMacroArgExpansion(tokenBegin);
- VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = false;
- }
-};
-
-static enum CXChildVisitResult GetCursorVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
- CXCursor parent,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- GetCursorData *Data = static_cast<GetCursorData *>(client_data);
- CXCursor *BestCursor = &Data->BestCursor;
-
- // If we point inside a macro argument we should provide info of what the
- // token is so use the actual cursor, don't replace it with a macro expansion
- // cursor.
- if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion && Data->PointsAtMacroArgExpansion)
- return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
-
- if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
- // Avoid having the implicit methods override the property decls.
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
- if (MD->isImplicit())
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
-
- } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
- // Check that when we have multiple @class references in the same line,
- // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
- // If we have:
- // @class Foo, Bar;
- // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
- // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
- if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl ||
- BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassRef)
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevID
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(*BestCursor))){
- if (PrevID != ID &&
- !PrevID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
- !ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
- }
-
- } else if (DeclaratorDecl *DD
- = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
- SourceLocation StartLoc = DD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
- // Check that when we have multiple declarators in the same line,
- // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
- // If we have:
- // int Foo, Bar;
- // source ranges for both start at 'int', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
- // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
- if (Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc == StartLoc)
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
- Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc = StartLoc;
-
- } else if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImp
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
- (void)PropImp;
- // Check that when we have multiple @synthesize in the same line,
- // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
- // If we have:
- // @synthesize Foo, Bar;
- // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
- // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
- if (Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl)
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
- Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (clang_isExpression(cursor.kind) &&
- clang_isDeclaration(BestCursor->kind)) {
- if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(*BestCursor)) {
- // Avoid having the cursor of an expression replace the declaration cursor
- // when the expression source range overlaps the declaration range.
- // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
- // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
- // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure pointing at 'foo' returns a VarDecl cursor.
- if (D->getLocation().isValid() && Data->TokenBeginLoc.isValid() &&
- D->getLocation() == Data->TokenBeginLoc)
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
- }
- }
-
- // If our current best cursor is the construction of a temporary object,
- // don't replace that cursor with a type reference, because we want
- // clang_getCursor() to point at the constructor.
- if (clang_isExpression(BestCursor->kind) &&
- isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(getCursorExpr(*BestCursor)) &&
- cursor.kind == CXCursor_TypeRef) {
- // Keep the cursor pointing at CXXTemporaryObjectExpr but also mark it
- // as having the actual point on the type reference.
- *BestCursor = getTypeRefedCallExprCursor(*BestCursor);
- return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
- }
-
- *BestCursor = cursor;
- return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Loc) {
- if (!TU)
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
-
- SourceLocation SLoc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Loc);
- CXCursor Result = cxcursor::getCursor(TU, SLoc);
-
- bool Logging = getenv("LIBCLANG_LOGGING");
- if (Logging) {
- CXFile SearchFile;
- unsigned SearchLine, SearchColumn;
- CXFile ResultFile;
- unsigned ResultLine, ResultColumn;
- CXString SearchFileName, ResultFileName, KindSpelling, USR;
- const char *IsDef = clang_isCursorDefinition(Result)? " (Definition)" : "";
- CXSourceLocation ResultLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Result);
-
- clang_getExpansionLocation(Loc, &SearchFile, &SearchLine, &SearchColumn, 0);
- clang_getExpansionLocation(ResultLoc, &ResultFile, &ResultLine,
- &ResultColumn, 0);
- SearchFileName = clang_getFileName(SearchFile);
- ResultFileName = clang_getFileName(ResultFile);
- KindSpelling = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Result.kind);
- USR = clang_getCursorUSR(Result);
- fprintf(stderr, "clang_getCursor(%s:%d:%d) = %s(%s:%d:%d):%s%s\n",
- clang_getCString(SearchFileName), SearchLine, SearchColumn,
- clang_getCString(KindSpelling),
- clang_getCString(ResultFileName), ResultLine, ResultColumn,
- clang_getCString(USR), IsDef);
- clang_disposeString(SearchFileName);
- clang_disposeString(ResultFileName);
- clang_disposeString(KindSpelling);
- clang_disposeString(USR);
-
- CXCursor Definition = clang_getCursorDefinition(Result);
- if (!clang_equalCursors(Definition, clang_getNullCursor())) {
- CXSourceLocation DefinitionLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Definition);
- CXString DefinitionKindSpelling
- = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Definition.kind);
- CXFile DefinitionFile;
- unsigned DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn;
- clang_getExpansionLocation(DefinitionLoc, &DefinitionFile,
- &DefinitionLine, &DefinitionColumn, 0);
- CXString DefinitionFileName = clang_getFileName(DefinitionFile);
- fprintf(stderr, " -> %s(%s:%d:%d)\n",
- clang_getCString(DefinitionKindSpelling),
- clang_getCString(DefinitionFileName),
- DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn);
- clang_disposeString(DefinitionFileName);
- clang_disposeString(DefinitionKindSpelling);
- }
- }
-
- return Result;
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void) {
- return MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_InvalidFile);
-}
-
-unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor X, CXCursor Y) {
- return X == Y;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor C) {
- unsigned Index = 0;
- if (clang_isExpression(C.kind) || clang_isStatement(C.kind))
- Index = 1;
-
- return llvm::DenseMapInfo<std::pair<unsigned, void*> >::getHashValue(
- std::make_pair(C.kind, C.data[Index]));
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K >= CXCursor_FirstInvalid && K <= CXCursor_LastInvalid;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return (K >= CXCursor_FirstDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastDecl) ||
- (K >= CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastExtraDecl);
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K >= CXCursor_FirstRef && K <= CXCursor_LastRef;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K >= CXCursor_FirstExpr && K <= CXCursor_LastExpr;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K >= CXCursor_FirstStmt && K <= CXCursor_LastStmt;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K >= CXCursor_FirstAttr && K <= CXCursor_LastAttr;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- return K >= CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing && K <= CXCursor_LastPreprocessing;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind K) {
- switch (K) {
- case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
- case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
- case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
- case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor C) {
- return C.kind;
-}
-
-CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor C) {
- if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
- switch (C.kind) {
- case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
- std::pair<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
- = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
- std::pair<ObjCProtocolDecl *, SourceLocation> P
- = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
- std::pair<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
- = getCursorObjCClassRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
- std::pair<TypeDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTypeRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
- std::pair<TemplateDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTemplateRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
- std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorNamespaceRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
- std::pair<FieldDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorMemberRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
- std::pair<VarDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorVariableRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
- CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
- if (!BaseSpec)
- return clang_getNullLocation();
-
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = BaseSpec->getTypeSourceInfo())
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
- TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc());
-
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
- BaseSpec->getLocStart());
- }
-
- case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
- std::pair<LabelStmt *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorLabelRef(C);
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), P.second);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
- getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second);
-
- default:
- // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
- llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
- }
- }
-
- if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
- getLocationFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C)));
-
- if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
- getCursorStmt(C)->getLocStart());
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) {
- SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C).getBegin();
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
- SourceLocation L
- = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
- SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getLocation();
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
- SourceLocation L
- = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
- }
-
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return clang_getNullLocation();
-
- Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- if (!D)
- return clang_getNullLocation();
-
- SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation();
- // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
- // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
- // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
- // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
- // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
- if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
- if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
- Loc = VD->getLocation();
- }
-
- // For ObjC methods, give the start location of the method name.
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
- Loc = MD->getSelectorStartLoc();
-
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), Loc);
-}
-
-} // end extern "C"
-
-CXCursor cxcursor::getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceLocation SLoc) {
- assert(TU);
-
- // Guard against an invalid SourceLocation, or we may assert in one
- // of the following calls.
- if (SLoc.isInvalid())
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
-
- // Translate the given source location to make it point at the beginning of
- // the token under the cursor.
- SLoc = Lexer::GetBeginningOfToken(SLoc, CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
- CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
-
- CXCursor Result = MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_NoDeclFound);
- if (SLoc.isValid()) {
- GetCursorData ResultData(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), SLoc, Result);
- CursorVisitor CursorVis(TU, GetCursorVisitor, &ResultData,
- /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
- /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
- SourceLocation(SLoc));
- CursorVis.visitFileRegion();
- }
-
- return Result;
-}
-
-static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
- if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
- switch (C.kind) {
- case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
- return getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
- return getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
- return getCursorObjCClassRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_TypeRef:
- return getCursorTypeRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
- return getCursorTemplateRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
- return getCursorNamespaceRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_MemberRef:
- return getCursorMemberRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
- return getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C)->getSourceRange();
-
- case CXCursor_LabelRef:
- return getCursorLabelRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
- return getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second;
-
- case CXCursor_VariableRef:
- return getCursorVariableRef(C).second;
-
- default:
- // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
- llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
- }
- }
-
- if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
- return getCursorExpr(C)->getSourceRange();
-
- if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
- return getCursorStmt(C)->getSourceRange();
-
- if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind))
- return getCursorAttr(C)->getRange();
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective)
- return cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C);
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
- ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
- SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getSourceRange();
- return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
- ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
- SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getSourceRange();
- return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
- ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
- SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange();
- return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) {
- ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
- FileID MainID = TU->getSourceManager().getMainFileID();
- SourceLocation Start = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForStartOfFile(MainID);
- SourceLocation End = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(MainID);
- return SourceRange(Start, End);
- }
-
- if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
- if (!D)
- return SourceRange();
-
- SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
- // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
- // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
- // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
- // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
- // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
- if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
- if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
- R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
- }
- return R;
- }
- return SourceRange();
-}
-
-/// \brief Retrieves the "raw" cursor extent, which is then extended to include
-/// the decl-specifier-seq for declarations.
-static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr) {
- if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
- if (!D)
- return SourceRange();
-
- SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
-
- // Adjust the start of the location for declarations preceded by
- // declaration specifiers.
- SourceLocation StartLoc;
- if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
- StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
- } else if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
- StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
- }
-
- if (StartLoc.isValid() && R.getBegin().isValid() &&
- SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, R.getBegin()))
- R.setBegin(StartLoc);
-
- // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
- // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
- // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
- // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
- // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
- if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
- if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
- R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
- }
-
- return R;
- }
-
- return getRawCursorExtent(C);
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-
-CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
- SourceRange R = getRawCursorExtent(C);
- if (R.isInvalid())
- return clang_getNullRange();
-
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor C) {
- if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(C);
- if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
- Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- if (!D)
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
- return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Using, D->getLocation(), tu);
- if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
- if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
- return MakeCXCursor(Property, tu);
-
- return C;
- }
-
- if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
- Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C);
- Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
- if (D) {
- CXCursor declCursor = MakeCXCursor(D, tu);
- declCursor = getSelectorIdentifierCursor(getSelectorIdentifierIndex(C),
- declCursor);
- return declCursor;
- }
-
- if (OverloadExpr *Ovl = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
- return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Ovl, tu);
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
- Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
- if (GotoStmt *Goto = dyn_cast_or_null<GotoStmt>(S))
- if (LabelDecl *label = Goto->getLabel())
- if (LabelStmt *labelS = label->getStmt())
- return MakeCXCursor(labelS, getCursorDecl(C), tu);
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
- if (MacroDefinition *Def = getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getDefinition())
- return MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(Def, tu);
- }
-
- if (!clang_isReference(C.kind))
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- switch (C.kind) {
- case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first, tu);
-
- case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
- ObjCProtocolDecl *Prot = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
- if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = Prot->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
-
- return MakeCXCursor(Prot, tu);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
- ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
-
- return MakeCXCursor(Class, tu);
- }
-
- case CXCursor_TypeRef:
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTypeRef(C).first, tu );
-
- case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTemplateRef(C).first, tu );
-
- case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first, tu );
-
- case CXCursor_MemberRef:
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorMemberRef(C).first, tu );
-
- case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
- CXXBaseSpecifier *B = cxcursor::getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
- return clang_getTypeDeclaration(cxtype::MakeCXType(B->getType(),
- tu ));
- }
-
- case CXCursor_LabelRef:
- // FIXME: We end up faking the "parent" declaration here because we
- // don't want to make CXCursor larger.
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorLabelRef(C).first,
- static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getASTContext()
- .getTranslationUnitDecl(),
- tu);
-
- case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
- return C;
-
- case CXCursor_VariableRef:
- return MakeCXCursor(getCursorVariableRef(C).first, tu);
-
- default:
- // We would prefer to enumerate all non-reference cursor kinds here.
- llvm_unreachable("Unhandled reference cursor kind");
- }
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
- if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(C);
-
- bool WasReference = false;
- if (clang_isReference(C.kind) || clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
- C = clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
- WasReference = true;
- }
-
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
- return clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
-
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- if (!D)
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- switch (D->getKind()) {
- // Declaration kinds that don't really separate the notions of
- // declaration and definition.
- case Decl::Namespace:
- case Decl::Typedef:
- case Decl::TypeAlias:
- case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
- case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
- case Decl::EnumConstant:
- case Decl::Field:
- case Decl::IndirectField:
- case Decl::ObjCIvar:
- case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
- case Decl::ImplicitParam:
- case Decl::ParmVar:
- case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
- case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
- case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
- case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
- case Decl::AccessSpec:
- case Decl::LinkageSpec:
- case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
- case Decl::FileScopeAsm:
- case Decl::StaticAssert:
- case Decl::Block:
- case Decl::Label: // FIXME: Is this right??
- case Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization:
- case Decl::Import:
- return C;
-
- // Declaration kinds that don't make any sense here, but are
- // nonetheless harmless.
- case Decl::TranslationUnit:
- break;
-
- // Declaration kinds for which the definition is not resolvable.
- case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
- case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
- break;
-
- case Decl::UsingDirective:
- return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)->getNominatedNamespace(),
- TU);
-
- case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
- return MakeCXCursor(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)->getNamespace(), TU);
-
- case Decl::Enum:
- case Decl::Record:
- case Decl::CXXRecord:
- case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
- case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
- if (TagDecl *Def = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- case Decl::Function:
- case Decl::CXXMethod:
- case Decl::CXXConstructor:
- case Decl::CXXDestructor:
- case Decl::CXXConversion: {
- const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
- if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getBody(Def))
- return MakeCXCursor(const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Def), TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- case Decl::Var: {
- // Ask the variable if it has a definition.
- if (VarDecl *Def = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- case Decl::FunctionTemplate: {
- const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
- if (cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getBody(Def))
- return MakeCXCursor(Def->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- case Decl::ClassTemplate: {
- if (RecordDecl *Def = cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()
- ->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getDescribedClassTemplate(),
- TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- case Decl::Using:
- return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cast<UsingDecl>(D),
- D->getLocation(), TU);
-
- case Decl::UsingShadow:
- return clang_getCursorDefinition(
- MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(),
- TU));
-
- case Decl::ObjCMethod: {
- ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
- if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
- return C;
-
- // Dig out the method definition in the associated
- // @implementation, if we have it.
- // FIXME: The ASTs should make finding the definition easier.
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
- = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()))
- if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = Class->getImplementation())
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *Def = ClassImpl->getMethod(Method->getSelector(),
- Method->isInstanceMethod()))
- if (Def->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- case Decl::ObjCCategory:
- if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl
- = cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)->getImplementation())
- return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
- if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- case Decl::ObjCInterface: {
- // There are two notions of a "definition" for an Objective-C
- // class: the interface and its implementation. When we resolved a
- // reference to an Objective-C class, produce the @interface as
- // the definition; when we were provided with the interface,
- // produce the @implementation as the definition.
- ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
- if (WasReference) {
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = IFace->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
- } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
- return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- case Decl::ObjCProperty:
- // FIXME: We don't really know where to find the
- // ObjCPropertyImplDecls that implement this property.
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
- = cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)->getClassInterface())
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
- return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- case Decl::Friend:
- if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
- return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- case Decl::FriendTemplate:
- if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendTemplateDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
- return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
- return clang_getNullCursor();
- }
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-}
-
-unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return 0;
-
- return clang_getCursorDefinition(C) == C;
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return C;
-
- if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) {
- if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D))
- if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = CatImplD->getCategoryDecl())
- return MakeCXCursor(CatD, getCursorTU(C));
-
- if (ObjCImplDecl *ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(D))
- if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD = ImplD->getClassInterface())
- return MakeCXCursor(IFD, getCursorTU(C));
-
- return MakeCXCursor(D->getCanonicalDecl(), getCursorTU(C));
- }
-
- return C;
-}
-
-int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor cursor) {
- return cxcursor::getSelectorIdentifierIndexAndLoc(cursor).first;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor C) {
- if (C.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
- return 0;
-
- OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
- if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
- return E->getNumDecls();
-
- if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
- = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
- return S->size();
-
- Decl *D = Storage.get<Decl*>();
- if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
- return Using->shadow_size();
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index) {
- if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- if (index >= clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(cursor))
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(cursor);
- OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cursor).first;
- if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
- return MakeCXCursor(E->decls_begin()[index], TU);
-
- if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
- = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
- return MakeCXCursor(S->begin()[index], TU);
-
- Decl *D = Storage.get<Decl*>();
- if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) {
- // FIXME: This is, unfortunately, linear time.
- UsingDecl::shadow_iterator Pos = Using->shadow_begin();
- std::advance(Pos, index);
- return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Pos)->getTargetDecl(), TU);
- }
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-}
-
-void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor C,
- const char **startBuf,
- const char **endBuf,
- unsigned *startLine,
- unsigned *startColumn,
- unsigned *endLine,
- unsigned *endColumn) {
- assert(getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl");
- NamedDecl *ND = static_cast<NamedDecl *>(getCursorDecl(C));
- FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
- CompoundStmt *Body = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(FD->getBody());
-
- SourceManager &SM = FD->getASTContext().getSourceManager();
- *startBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getLBracLoc());
- *endBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getRBracLoc());
- *startLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
- *startColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
- *endLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
- *endColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
-}
-
-
-CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags,
- unsigned PieceIndex) {
- RefNamePieces Pieces;
-
- switch (C.kind) {
- case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
- if (MemberExpr *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
- Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, true, E->getMemberNameInfo(),
- E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
- break;
-
- case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
- if (DeclRefExpr *E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
- Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, E->getNameInfo(),
- E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(),
- E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
- break;
-
- case CXCursor_CallExpr:
- if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE =
- dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
- Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee();
- if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee))
- Callee = ICE->getSubExpr();
-
- if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee))
- Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, DRE->getNameInfo(),
- DRE->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- if (Pieces.empty()) {
- if (PieceIndex == 0)
- return clang_getCursorExtent(C);
- } else if (PieceIndex < Pieces.size()) {
- SourceRange R = Pieces[PieceIndex];
- if (R.isValid())
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
- }
-
- return clang_getNullRange();
-}
-
-void clang_enableStackTraces(void) {
- llvm::sys::PrintStackTraceOnErrorSignal();
-}
-
-void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
- unsigned stack_size) {
- llvm::llvm_execute_on_thread(fn, user_data, stack_size);
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Token-based Operations.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/* CXToken layout:
- * int_data[0]: a CXTokenKind
- * int_data[1]: starting token location
- * int_data[2]: token length
- * int_data[3]: reserved
- * ptr_data: for identifiers and keywords, an IdentifierInfo*.
- * otherwise unused.
- */
-extern "C" {
-
-CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken CXTok) {
- return static_cast<CXTokenKind>(CXTok.int_data[0]);
-}
-
-CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
- switch (clang_getTokenKind(CXTok)) {
- case CXToken_Identifier:
- case CXToken_Keyword:
- // We know we have an IdentifierInfo*, so use that.
- return createCXString(static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(CXTok.ptr_data)
- ->getNameStart());
-
- case CXToken_Literal: {
- // We have stashed the starting pointer in the ptr_data field. Use it.
- const char *Text = static_cast<const char *>(CXTok.ptr_data);
- return createCXString(StringRef(Text, CXTok.int_data[2]));
- }
-
- case CXToken_Punctuation:
- case CXToken_Comment:
- break;
- }
-
- // We have to find the starting buffer pointer the hard way, by
- // deconstructing the source location.
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- if (!CXXUnit)
- return createCXString("");
-
- SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]);
- std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo
- = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc);
- bool Invalid = false;
- StringRef Buffer
- = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
- if (Invalid)
- return createCXString("");
-
- return createCXString(Buffer.substr(LocInfo.second, CXTok.int_data[2]));
-}
-
-CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- if (!CXXUnit)
- return clang_getNullLocation();
-
- return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
- SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
-}
-
-CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- if (!CXXUnit)
- return clang_getNullRange();
-
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
- SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
-}
-
-static void getTokens(ASTUnit *CXXUnit, SourceRange Range,
- SmallVectorImpl<CXToken> &CXTokens) {
- SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
- std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
- = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getBegin());
- std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
- = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getEnd());
-
- // Cannot tokenize across files.
- if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
- return;
-
- // Create a lexer
- bool Invalid = false;
- StringRef Buffer
- = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
- if (Invalid)
- return;
-
- Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
- CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
- Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end());
- Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
-
- // Lex tokens until we hit the end of the range.
- const char *EffectiveBufferEnd = Buffer.data() + EndLocInfo.second;
- Token Tok;
- bool previousWasAt = false;
- do {
- // Lex the next token
- Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
- if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
- break;
-
- // Initialize the CXToken.
- CXToken CXTok;
-
- // - Common fields
- CXTok.int_data[1] = Tok.getLocation().getRawEncoding();
- CXTok.int_data[2] = Tok.getLength();
- CXTok.int_data[3] = 0;
-
- // - Kind-specific fields
- if (Tok.isLiteral()) {
- CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Literal;
- CXTok.ptr_data = (void *)Tok.getLiteralData();
- } else if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) {
- // Lookup the identifier to determine whether we have a keyword.
- IdentifierInfo *II
- = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().LookUpIdentifierInfo(Tok);
-
- if ((II->getObjCKeywordID() != tok::objc_not_keyword) && previousWasAt) {
- CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
- }
- else {
- CXTok.int_data[0] = Tok.is(tok::identifier)
- ? CXToken_Identifier
- : CXToken_Keyword;
- }
- CXTok.ptr_data = II;
- } else if (Tok.is(tok::comment)) {
- CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Comment;
- CXTok.ptr_data = 0;
- } else {
- CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Punctuation;
- CXTok.ptr_data = 0;
- }
- CXTokens.push_back(CXTok);
- previousWasAt = Tok.is(tok::at);
- } while (Lex.getBufferLocation() <= EffectiveBufferEnd);
-}
-
-void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
- CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens) {
- if (Tokens)
- *Tokens = 0;
- if (NumTokens)
- *NumTokens = 0;
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- if (!CXXUnit || !Tokens || !NumTokens)
- return;
-
- ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
-
- SourceRange R = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(Range);
- if (R.isInvalid())
- return;
-
- SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens;
- getTokens(CXXUnit, R, CXTokens);
-
- if (CXTokens.empty())
- return;
-
- *Tokens = (CXToken *)malloc(sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
- memmove(*Tokens, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
- *NumTokens = CXTokens.size();
-}
-
-void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
- CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens) {
- free(Tokens);
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Token annotation APIs.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, CXCursor> AnnotateTokensData;
-static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
- CXCursor parent,
- CXClientData client_data);
-static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
- CXClientData client_data);
-
-namespace {
-class AnnotateTokensWorker {
- AnnotateTokensData &Annotated;
- CXToken *Tokens;
- CXCursor *Cursors;
- unsigned NumTokens;
- unsigned TokIdx;
- unsigned PreprocessingTokIdx;
- CursorVisitor AnnotateVis;
- SourceManager &SrcMgr;
- bool HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
-
- struct PostChildrenInfo {
- CXCursor Cursor;
- SourceRange CursorRange;
- unsigned BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
- };
- llvm::SmallVector<PostChildrenInfo, 8> PostChildrenInfos;
-
- bool MoreTokens() const { return TokIdx < NumTokens; }
- unsigned NextToken() const { return TokIdx; }
- void AdvanceToken() { ++TokIdx; }
- SourceLocation GetTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
- return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]);
- }
- bool isFunctionMacroToken(unsigned tokI) const {
- return Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] != 0;
- }
- SourceLocation getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) const {
- return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[3]);
- }
-
- void annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, SourceRange);
- void annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult,
- SourceRange);
-
-public:
- AnnotateTokensWorker(AnnotateTokensData &annotated,
- CXToken *tokens, CXCursor *cursors, unsigned numTokens,
- CXTranslationUnit tu, SourceRange RegionOfInterest)
- : Annotated(annotated), Tokens(tokens), Cursors(cursors),
- NumTokens(numTokens), TokIdx(0), PreprocessingTokIdx(0),
- AnnotateVis(tu,
- AnnotateTokensVisitor, this,
- /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
- /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
- RegionOfInterest,
- /*VisitDeclsOnly=*/false,
- AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor),
- SrcMgr(static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getSourceManager()),
- HasContextSensitiveKeywords(false) { }
-
- void VisitChildren(CXCursor C) { AnnotateVis.VisitChildren(C); }
- enum CXChildVisitResult Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
- bool postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor);
- void AnnotateTokens();
-
- /// \brief Determine whether the annotator saw any cursors that have
- /// context-sensitive keywords.
- bool hasContextSensitiveKeywords() const {
- return HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
- }
-
- ~AnnotateTokensWorker() {
- assert(PostChildrenInfos.empty());
- }
-};
-}
-
-void AnnotateTokensWorker::AnnotateTokens() {
- // Walk the AST within the region of interest, annotating tokens
- // along the way.
- AnnotateVis.visitFileRegion();
-
- for (unsigned I = 0 ; I < TokIdx ; ++I) {
- AnnotateTokensData::iterator Pos = Annotated.find(Tokens[I].int_data[1]);
- if (Pos != Annotated.end() && !clang_isPreprocessing(Cursors[I].kind))
- Cursors[I] = Pos->second;
- }
-
- // Finish up annotating any tokens left.
- if (!MoreTokens())
- return;
-
- const CXCursor &C = clang_getNullCursor();
- for (unsigned I = TokIdx ; I < NumTokens ; ++I) {
- if (I < PreprocessingTokIdx && clang_isPreprocessing(Cursors[I].kind))
- continue;
-
- AnnotateTokensData::iterator Pos = Annotated.find(Tokens[I].int_data[1]);
- Cursors[I] = (Pos == Annotated.end()) ? C : Pos->second;
- }
-}
-
-/// \brief It annotates and advances tokens with a cursor until the comparison
-//// between the cursor location and the source range is the same as
-/// \arg compResult.
-///
-/// Pass RangeBefore to annotate tokens with a cursor until a range is reached.
-/// Pass RangeOverlap to annotate tokens inside a range.
-void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor updateC,
- RangeComparisonResult compResult,
- SourceRange range) {
- while (MoreTokens()) {
- const unsigned I = NextToken();
- if (isFunctionMacroToken(I))
- return annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(updateC, compResult, range);
-
- SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
- if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
- Cursors[I] = updateC;
- AdvanceToken();
- continue;
- }
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/// \brief Special annotation handling for macro argument tokens.
-void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(
- CXCursor updateC,
- RangeComparisonResult compResult,
- SourceRange range) {
- assert(MoreTokens());
- assert(isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) &&
- "Should be called only for macro arg tokens");
-
- // This works differently than annotateAndAdvanceTokens; because expanded
- // macro arguments can have arbitrary translation-unit source order, we do not
- // advance the token index one by one until a token fails the range test.
- // We only advance once past all of the macro arg tokens if all of them
- // pass the range test. If one of them fails we keep the token index pointing
- // at the start of the macro arg tokens so that the failing token will be
- // annotated by a subsequent annotation try.
-
- bool atLeastOneCompFail = false;
-
- unsigned I = NextToken();
- for (; I < NumTokens && isFunctionMacroToken(I); ++I) {
- SourceLocation TokLoc = getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(I);
- if (TokLoc.isFileID())
- continue; // not macro arg token, it's parens or comma.
- if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
- if (clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
- Cursors[I] = updateC;
- } else
- atLeastOneCompFail = true;
- }
-
- if (!atLeastOneCompFail)
- TokIdx = I; // All of the tokens were handled, advance beyond all of them.
-}
-
-enum CXChildVisitResult
-AnnotateTokensWorker::Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
- CXSourceLocation Loc = clang_getCursorLocation(cursor);
- SourceRange cursorRange = getRawCursorExtent(cursor);
- if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
- return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
-
- if (!HasContextSensitiveKeywords) {
- // Objective-C properties can have context-sensitive keywords.
- if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
- if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor)))
- HasContextSensitiveKeywords = Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0;
- }
- // Objective-C methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
- else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
- cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
- if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
- if (Method->getObjCDeclQualifier())
- HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
- else {
- for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
- PEnd = Method->param_end();
- P != PEnd; ++P) {
- if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier()) {
- HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- // C++ methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
- else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod) {
- if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
- = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
- if (Method->hasAttr<FinalAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>())
- HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
- }
- }
- // C++ classes can have context-sensitive keywords.
- else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_StructDecl ||
- cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassDecl ||
- cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplate ||
- cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization) {
- if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
- if (D->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
- HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (clang_isPreprocessing(cursor.kind)) {
- // Items in the preprocessing record are kept separate from items in
- // declarations, so we keep a separate token index.
- unsigned SavedTokIdx = TokIdx;
- TokIdx = PreprocessingTokIdx;
-
- // Skip tokens up until we catch up to the beginning of the preprocessing
- // entry.
- while (MoreTokens()) {
- const unsigned I = NextToken();
- SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
- switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
- case RangeBefore:
- AdvanceToken();
- continue;
- case RangeAfter:
- case RangeOverlap:
- break;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // Look at all of the tokens within this range.
- while (MoreTokens()) {
- const unsigned I = NextToken();
- SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
- switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
- case RangeBefore:
- llvm_unreachable("Infeasible");
- case RangeAfter:
- break;
- case RangeOverlap:
- Cursors[I] = cursor;
- AdvanceToken();
- // For macro expansions, just note where the beginning of the macro
- // expansion occurs.
- if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
- break;
- continue;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // Save the preprocessing token index; restore the non-preprocessing
- // token index.
- PreprocessingTokIdx = TokIdx;
- TokIdx = SavedTokIdx;
- return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
- }
-
- if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
- return CXChildVisit_Continue;
-
- SourceLocation L = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Loc.int_data);
-
- // Adjust the annotated range based specific declarations.
- const enum CXCursorKind cursorK = clang_getCursorKind(cursor);
- if (clang_isDeclaration(cursorK)) {
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
-
- SourceLocation StartLoc;
- if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
- StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
- } else if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
- if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
- StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
- }
-
- if (StartLoc.isValid() && L.isValid() &&
- SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, L))
- cursorRange.setBegin(StartLoc);
- }
-
- // If the location of the cursor occurs within a macro instantiation, record
- // the spelling location of the cursor in our annotation map. We can then
- // paper over the token labelings during a post-processing step to try and
- // get cursor mappings for tokens that are the *arguments* of a macro
- // instantiation.
- if (L.isMacroID()) {
- unsigned rawEncoding = SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(L).getRawEncoding();
- // Only invalidate the old annotation if it isn't part of a preprocessing
- // directive. Here we assume that the default construction of CXCursor
- // results in CXCursor.kind being an initialized value (i.e., 0). If
- // this isn't the case, we can fix by doing lookup + insertion.
-
- CXCursor &oldC = Annotated[rawEncoding];
- if (!clang_isPreprocessing(oldC.kind))
- oldC = cursor;
- }
-
- const enum CXCursorKind K = clang_getCursorKind(parent);
- const CXCursor updateC =
- (clang_isInvalid(K) || K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit)
- ? clang_getNullCursor() : parent;
-
- annotateAndAdvanceTokens(updateC, RangeBefore, cursorRange);
-
- // Avoid having the cursor of an expression "overwrite" the annotation of the
- // variable declaration that it belongs to.
- // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
- // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
- // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure we don't annotate 'foo' as a CallExpr cursor.
- if (clang_isExpression(cursorK)) {
- Expr *E = getCursorExpr(cursor);
- if (Decl *D = getCursorParentDecl(cursor)) {
- const unsigned I = NextToken();
- if (E->getLocStart().isValid() && D->getLocation().isValid() &&
- E->getLocStart() == D->getLocation() &&
- E->getLocStart() == GetTokenLoc(I)) {
- Cursors[I] = updateC;
- AdvanceToken();
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Before recursing into the children keep some state that we are going
- // to use in the AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren callback to do some
- // extra work after the child nodes are visited.
- // Note that we don't call VisitChildren here to avoid traversing statements
- // code-recursively which can blow the stack.
-
- PostChildrenInfo Info;
- Info.Cursor = cursor;
- Info.CursorRange = cursorRange;
- Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx = NextToken();
- PostChildrenInfos.push_back(Info);
-
- return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
-}
-
-bool AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (PostChildrenInfos.empty())
- return false;
- const PostChildrenInfo &Info = PostChildrenInfos.back();
- if (!clang_equalCursors(Info.Cursor, cursor))
- return false;
-
- const unsigned BeforeChildren = Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
- const unsigned AfterChildren = NextToken();
- SourceRange cursorRange = Info.CursorRange;
-
- // Scan the tokens that are at the end of the cursor, but are not captured
- // but the child cursors.
- annotateAndAdvanceTokens(cursor, RangeOverlap, cursorRange);
-
- // Scan the tokens that are at the beginning of the cursor, but are not
- // capture by the child cursors.
- for (unsigned I = BeforeChildren; I != AfterChildren; ++I) {
- if (!clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
- break;
-
- Cursors[I] = cursor;
- }
-
- PostChildrenInfos.pop_back();
- return false;
-}
-
-static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
- CXCursor parent,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->Visit(cursor, parent);
-}
-
-static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->
- postVisitChildren(cursor);
-}
-
-namespace {
-
-/// \brief Uses the macro expansions in the preprocessing record to find
-/// and mark tokens that are macro arguments. This info is used by the
-/// AnnotateTokensWorker.
-class MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor {
- SourceManager &SM;
- CXToken *Tokens;
- unsigned NumTokens;
- unsigned CurIdx;
-
-public:
- MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor(SourceManager &SM,
- CXToken *tokens, unsigned numTokens)
- : SM(SM), Tokens(tokens), NumTokens(numTokens), CurIdx(0) { }
-
- CXChildVisitResult visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
- if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
- return CXChildVisit_Continue;
-
- SourceRange macroRange = getCursorMacroExpansion(cursor)->getSourceRange();
- if (macroRange.getBegin() == macroRange.getEnd())
- return CXChildVisit_Continue; // it's not a function macro.
-
- for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
- if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(getTokenLoc(CurIdx),
- macroRange.getBegin()))
- break;
- }
-
- if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
-
- for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
- SourceLocation tokLoc = getTokenLoc(CurIdx);
- if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(tokLoc, macroRange.getEnd()))
- break;
-
- setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(CurIdx, SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(tokLoc));
- }
-
- if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
- return CXChildVisit_Break;
-
- return CXChildVisit_Continue;
- }
-
-private:
- SourceLocation getTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
- return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]);
- }
-
- void setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI, SourceLocation loc) {
- // The third field is reserved and currently not used. Use it here
- // to mark macro arg expanded tokens with their expanded locations.
- Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] = loc.getRawEncoding();
- }
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-static CXChildVisitResult
-MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
- CXClientData client_data) {
- return static_cast<MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor*>(client_data)->visit(cursor,
- parent);
-}
-
-namespace {
- struct clang_annotateTokens_Data {
- CXTranslationUnit TU;
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit;
- CXToken *Tokens;
- unsigned NumTokens;
- CXCursor *Cursors;
- };
-}
-
-static void annotatePreprocessorTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
- SourceRange RegionOfInterest,
- AnnotateTokensData &Annotated) {
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
-
- SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
- std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
- = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin());
- std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
- = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd());
-
- if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
- return;
-
- StringRef Buffer;
- bool Invalid = false;
- Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
- if (Buffer.empty() || Invalid)
- return;
-
- Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
- CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
- Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second,
- Buffer.end());
- Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
-
- // Lex tokens in raw mode until we hit the end of the range, to avoid
- // entering #includes or expanding macros.
- while (true) {
- Token Tok;
- Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
-
- reprocess:
- if (Tok.is(tok::hash) && Tok.isAtStartOfLine()) {
- // We have found a preprocessing directive. Gobble it up so that we
- // don't see it while preprocessing these tokens later, but keep track
- // of all of the token locations inside this preprocessing directive so
- // that we can annotate them appropriately.
- //
- // FIXME: Some simple tests here could identify macro definitions and
- // #undefs, to provide specific cursor kinds for those.
- SmallVector<SourceLocation, 32> Locations;
- do {
- Locations.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
- Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
- } while (!Tok.isAtStartOfLine() && !Tok.is(tok::eof));
-
- using namespace cxcursor;
- CXCursor Cursor
- = MakePreprocessingDirectiveCursor(SourceRange(Locations.front(),
- Locations.back()),
- TU);
- for (unsigned I = 0, N = Locations.size(); I != N; ++I) {
- Annotated[Locations[I].getRawEncoding()] = Cursor;
- }
-
- if (Tok.isAtStartOfLine())
- goto reprocess;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
- break;
- }
-}
-
-// This gets run a separate thread to avoid stack blowout.
-static void clang_annotateTokensImpl(void *UserData) {
- CXTranslationUnit TU = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->TU;
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->CXXUnit;
- CXToken *Tokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Tokens;
- const unsigned NumTokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->NumTokens;
- CXCursor *Cursors = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Cursors;
-
- CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx;
- if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
- setThreadBackgroundPriority();
-
- // Determine the region of interest, which contains all of the tokens.
- SourceRange RegionOfInterest;
- RegionOfInterest.setBegin(
- cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0])));
- RegionOfInterest.setEnd(
- cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU,
- Tokens[NumTokens-1])));
-
- // A mapping from the source locations found when re-lexing or traversing the
- // region of interest to the corresponding cursors.
- AnnotateTokensData Annotated;
-
- // Relex the tokens within the source range to look for preprocessing
- // directives.
- annotatePreprocessorTokens(TU, RegionOfInterest, Annotated);
-
- if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) {
- // Search and mark tokens that are macro argument expansions.
- MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor Visitor(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
- Tokens, NumTokens);
- CursorVisitor MacroArgMarker(TU,
- MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate, &Visitor,
- /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
- /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
- RegionOfInterest);
- MacroArgMarker.visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
- }
-
- // Annotate all of the source locations in the region of interest that map to
- // a specific cursor.
- AnnotateTokensWorker W(Annotated, Tokens, Cursors, NumTokens,
- TU, RegionOfInterest);
-
- // FIXME: We use a ridiculous stack size here because the data-recursion
- // algorithm uses a large stack frame than the non-data recursive version,
- // and AnnotationTokensWorker currently transforms the data-recursion
- // algorithm back into a traditional recursion by explicitly calling
- // VisitChildren(). We will need to remove this explicit recursive call.
- W.AnnotateTokens();
-
- // If we ran into any entities that involve context-sensitive keywords,
- // take another pass through the tokens to mark them as such.
- if (W.hasContextSensitiveKeywords()) {
- for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) {
- if (clang_getTokenKind(Tokens[I]) != CXToken_Identifier)
- continue;
-
- if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
- IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
- if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
- = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(Cursors[I]))) {
- if (Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0 &&
- llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
- .Case("readonly", true)
- .Case("assign", true)
- .Case("unsafe_unretained", true)
- .Case("readwrite", true)
- .Case("retain", true)
- .Case("copy", true)
- .Case("nonatomic", true)
- .Case("atomic", true)
- .Case("getter", true)
- .Case("setter", true)
- .Case("strong", true)
- .Case("weak", true)
- .Default(false))
- Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
- Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
- IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
- if (llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
- .Case("in", true)
- .Case("out", true)
- .Case("inout", true)
- .Case("oneway", true)
- .Case("bycopy", true)
- .Case("byref", true)
- .Default(false))
- Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr ||
- Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr) {
- Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-
-void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
- CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
- CXCursor *Cursors) {
-
- if (NumTokens == 0 || !Tokens || !Cursors)
- return;
-
- // Any token we don't specifically annotate will have a NULL cursor.
- CXCursor C = clang_getNullCursor();
- for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I)
- Cursors[I] = C;
-
- ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
- if (!CXXUnit)
- return;
-
- ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
-
- clang_annotateTokens_Data data = { TU, CXXUnit, Tokens, NumTokens, Cursors };
- llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
- if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_annotateTokensImpl, &data,
- GetSafetyThreadStackSize() * 2)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected while annotating tokens\n");
- }
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Operations for querying linkage of a cursor.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-extern "C" {
-CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
- return CXLinkage_Invalid;
-
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
- if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D))
- switch (ND->getLinkage()) {
- case NoLinkage: return CXLinkage_NoLinkage;
- case InternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_Internal;
- case UniqueExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_UniqueExternal;
- case ExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_External;
- };
-
- return CXLinkage_Invalid;
-}
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Operations for querying language of a cursor.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static CXLanguageKind getDeclLanguage(const Decl *D) {
- if (!D)
- return CXLanguage_C;
-
- switch (D->getKind()) {
- default:
- break;
- case Decl::ImplicitParam:
- case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
- case Decl::ObjCCategory:
- case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
- case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
- case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
- case Decl::ObjCInterface:
- case Decl::ObjCIvar:
- case Decl::ObjCMethod:
- case Decl::ObjCProperty:
- case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
- case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
- return CXLanguage_ObjC;
- case Decl::CXXConstructor:
- case Decl::CXXConversion:
- case Decl::CXXDestructor:
- case Decl::CXXMethod:
- case Decl::CXXRecord:
- case Decl::ClassTemplate:
- case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
- case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
- case Decl::Friend:
- case Decl::FriendTemplate:
- case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
- case Decl::LinkageSpec:
- case Decl::Namespace:
- case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
- case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
- case Decl::StaticAssert:
- case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
- case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
- case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
- case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
- case Decl::Using:
- case Decl::UsingDirective:
- case Decl::UsingShadow:
- return CXLanguage_CPlusPlus;
- }
-
- return CXLanguage_C;
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-
-enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
- if (Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
- if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isDeleted())
- return CXAvailability_Available;
-
- switch (D->getAvailability()) {
- case AR_Available:
- case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
- return CXAvailability_Available;
-
- case AR_Deprecated:
- return CXAvailability_Deprecated;
-
- case AR_Unavailable:
- return CXAvailability_NotAvailable;
- }
- }
-
- return CXAvailability_Available;
-}
-
-static CXVersion convertVersion(VersionTuple In) {
- CXVersion Out = { -1, -1, -1 };
- if (In.empty())
- return Out;
-
- Out.Major = In.getMajor();
-
- if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Minor = In.getMinor())
- Out.Minor = *Minor;
- else
- return Out;
-
- if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Subminor = In.getSubminor())
- Out.Subminor = *Subminor;
-
- return Out;
-}
-
-int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
- int *always_deprecated,
- CXString *deprecated_message,
- int *always_unavailable,
- CXString *unavailable_message,
- CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
- int availability_size) {
- if (always_deprecated)
- *always_deprecated = 0;
- if (deprecated_message)
- *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false);
- if (always_unavailable)
- *always_unavailable = 0;
- if (unavailable_message)
- *unavailable_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false);
-
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
- return 0;
-
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
- if (!D)
- return 0;
-
- int N = 0;
- for (Decl::attr_iterator A = D->attr_begin(), AEnd = D->attr_end(); A != AEnd;
- ++A) {
- if (DeprecatedAttr *Deprecated = dyn_cast<DeprecatedAttr>(*A)) {
- if (always_deprecated)
- *always_deprecated = 1;
- if (deprecated_message)
- *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString(Deprecated->getMessage());
- continue;
- }
-
- if (UnavailableAttr *Unavailable = dyn_cast<UnavailableAttr>(*A)) {
- if (always_unavailable)
- *always_unavailable = 1;
- if (unavailable_message) {
- *unavailable_message
- = cxstring::createCXString(Unavailable->getMessage());
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- if (AvailabilityAttr *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(*A)) {
- if (N < availability_size) {
- availability[N].Platform
- = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getPlatform()->getName());
- availability[N].Introduced = convertVersion(Avail->getIntroduced());
- availability[N].Deprecated = convertVersion(Avail->getDeprecated());
- availability[N].Obsoleted = convertVersion(Avail->getObsoleted());
- availability[N].Unavailable = Avail->getUnavailable();
- availability[N].Message = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getMessage());
- }
- ++N;
- }
- }
-
- return N;
-}
-
-void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability) {
- clang_disposeString(availability->Platform);
- clang_disposeString(availability->Message);
-}
-
-CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
- return getDeclLanguage(cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor));
-
- return CXLanguage_Invalid;
-}
-
- /// \brief If the given cursor is the "templated" declaration
- /// descibing a class or function template, return the class or
- /// function template.
-static Decl *maybeGetTemplateCursor(Decl *D) {
- if (!D)
- return 0;
-
- if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
- if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
- return FunTmpl;
-
- if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
- if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
- return ClassTmpl;
-
- return D;
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
- if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
- DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
- if (!DC)
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
- getCursorTU(cursor));
- }
- }
-
- if (clang_isStatement(cursor.kind) || clang_isExpression(cursor.kind)) {
- if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
- return MakeCXCursor(D, getCursorTU(cursor));
- }
-
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-}
-
-CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
- if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
- DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
- if (!DC)
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-
- return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
- getCursorTU(cursor));
- }
- }
-
- // FIXME: Note that we can't easily compute the lexical context of a
- // statement or expression, so we return nothing.
- return clang_getNullCursor();
-}
-
-CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor) {
- if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
- return 0;
-
- InclusionDirective *ID = getCursorInclusionDirective(cursor);
- return (void *)ID->getFile();
-}
-
-CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return clang_getNullRange();
-
- const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
- const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
- if (!RC)
- return clang_getNullRange();
-
- return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Context, RC->getSourceRange());
-}
-
-CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
-
- const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
- const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
- StringRef RawText = RC ? RC->getRawText(Context.getSourceManager()) :
- StringRef();
-
- // Don't duplicate the string because RawText points directly into source
- // code.
- return createCXString(RawText, false);
-}
-
-CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
-
- const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
- const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
-
- if (RC) {
- StringRef BriefText = RC->getBriefText(Context);
-
- // Don't duplicate the string because RawComment ensures that this memory
- // will not go away.
- return createCXString(BriefText, false);
- }
-
- return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
-}
-
-CXComment clang_Cursor_getParsedComment(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return cxcomment::createCXComment(NULL, NULL);
-
- const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
- const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
- const comments::FullComment *FC = Context.getCommentForDecl(D, /*PP=*/ NULL);
-
- return cxcomment::createCXComment(FC, getCursorTU(C));
-}
-
-CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C) {
- if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
- if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
- return ImportD->getImportedModule();
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule CXMod) {
- if (!CXMod)
- return 0;
- Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
- return Mod->Parent;
-}
-
-CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule CXMod) {
- if (!CXMod)
- return createCXString("");
- Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
- return createCXString(Mod->Name);
-}
-
-CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule CXMod) {
- if (!CXMod)
- return createCXString("");
- Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
- return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName());
-}
-
-unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXModule CXMod) {
- if (!CXMod)
- return 0;
- Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
- return Mod->TopHeaders.size();
-}
-
-CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXModule CXMod, unsigned Index) {
- if (!CXMod)
- return 0;
- Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
-
- if (Index < Mod->TopHeaders.size())
- return const_cast<FileEntry *>(Mod->TopHeaders[Index]);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// C++ AST instrospection.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-extern "C" {
-unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return 0;
-
- CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
- if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
- Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
- else
- Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
- return (Method && Method->isStatic()) ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C) {
- if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
- return 0;
-
- CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
- Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
- if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
- Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
- else
- Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
- return (Method && Method->isVirtual()) ? 1 : 0;
-}
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Attribute introspection.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-extern "C" {
-CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor C) {
- if (C.kind != CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr)
- return cxtype::MakeCXType(QualType(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
-
- IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
- cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
-
- return cxtype::MakeCXType(A->getInterface(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
-}
-} // end: extern "C"
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Inspecting memory usage.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-typedef std::vector<CXTUResourceUsageEntry> MemUsageEntries;
-
-static inline void createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(MemUsageEntries &entries,
- enum CXTUResourceUsageKind k,
- unsigned long amount) {
- CXTUResourceUsageEntry entry = { k, amount };
- entries.push_back(entry);
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-
-const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(CXTUResourceUsageKind kind) {
- const char *str = "";
- switch (kind) {
- case CXTUResourceUsage_AST:
- str = "ASTContext: expressions, declarations, and types";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers:
- str = "ASTContext: identifiers";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors:
- str = "ASTContext: selectors";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults:
- str = "Code completion: cached global results";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache:
- str = "SourceManager: content cache allocator";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables:
- str = "ASTContext: side tables";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc:
- str = "SourceManager: malloc'ed memory buffers";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap:
- str = "SourceManager: mmap'ed memory buffers";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc:
- str = "ExternalASTSource: malloc'ed memory buffers";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap:
- str = "ExternalASTSource: mmap'ed memory buffers";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor:
- str = "Preprocessor: malloc'ed memory";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord:
- str = "Preprocessor: PreprocessingRecord";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures:
- str = "SourceManager: data structures and tables";
- break;
- case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch:
- str = "Preprocessor: header search tables";
- break;
- }
- return str;
-}
-
-CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
- if (!TU) {
- CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) 0, 0, 0 };
- return usage;
- }
-
- ASTUnit *astUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData);
- OwningPtr<MemUsageEntries> entries(new MemUsageEntries());
- ASTContext &astContext = astUnit->getASTContext();
-
- // How much memory is used by AST nodes and types?
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
- (unsigned long) astContext.getASTAllocatedMemory());
-
- // How much memory is used by identifiers?
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers,
- (unsigned long) astContext.Idents.getAllocator().getTotalMemory());
-
- // How much memory is used for selectors?
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors,
- (unsigned long) astContext.Selectors.getTotalMemory());
-
- // How much memory is used by ASTContext's side tables?
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables,
- (unsigned long) astContext.getSideTableAllocatedMemory());
-
- // How much memory is used for caching global code completion results?
- unsigned long completionBytes = 0;
- if (GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator *completionAllocator =
- astUnit->getCachedCompletionAllocator().getPtr()) {
- completionBytes = completionAllocator->getTotalMemory();
- }
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults,
- completionBytes);
-
- // How much memory is being used by SourceManager's content cache?
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache,
- (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager().getContentCacheSize());
-
- // How much memory is being used by the MemoryBuffer's in SourceManager?
- const SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes &srcBufs =
- astUnit->getSourceManager().getMemoryBufferSizes();
-
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc,
- (unsigned long) srcBufs.malloc_bytes);
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap,
- (unsigned long) srcBufs.mmap_bytes);
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures,
- (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager()
- .getDataStructureSizes());
-
- // How much memory is being used by the ExternalASTSource?
- if (ExternalASTSource *esrc = astContext.getExternalSource()) {
- const ExternalASTSource::MemoryBufferSizes &sizes =
- esrc->getMemoryBufferSizes();
-
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc,
- (unsigned long) sizes.malloc_bytes);
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap,
- (unsigned long) sizes.mmap_bytes);
- }
-
- // How much memory is being used by the Preprocessor?
- Preprocessor &pp = astUnit->getPreprocessor();
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor,
- pp.getTotalMemory());
-
- if (PreprocessingRecord *pRec = pp.getPreprocessingRecord()) {
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord,
- pRec->getTotalMemory());
- }
-
- createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
- CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
- pp.getHeaderSearchInfo().getTotalMemory());
-
- CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) entries.get(),
- (unsigned) entries->size(),
- entries->size() ? &(*entries)[0] : 0 };
- entries.take();
- return usage;
-}
-
-void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage) {
- if (usage.data)
- delete (MemUsageEntries*) usage.data;
-}
-
-} // end extern "C"
-
-void clang::PrintLibclangResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
- CXTUResourceUsage Usage = clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(TU);
- for (unsigned I = 0; I != Usage.numEntries; ++I)
- fprintf(stderr, " %s: %lu\n",
- clang_getTUResourceUsageName(Usage.entries[I].kind),
- Usage.entries[I].amount);
-
- clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(Usage);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Misc. utility functions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// Default to using an 8 MB stack size on "safety" threads.
-static unsigned SafetyStackThreadSize = 8 << 20;
-
-namespace clang {
-
-bool RunSafely(llvm::CrashRecoveryContext &CRC,
- void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData,
- unsigned Size) {
- if (!Size)
- Size = GetSafetyThreadStackSize();
- if (Size)
- return CRC.RunSafelyOnThread(Fn, UserData, Size);
- return CRC.RunSafely(Fn, UserData);
-}
-
-unsigned GetSafetyThreadStackSize() {
- return SafetyStackThreadSize;
-}
-
-void SetSafetyThreadStackSize(unsigned Value) {
- SafetyStackThreadSize = Value;
-}
-
-}
-
-void clang::setThreadBackgroundPriority() {
- if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_DISABLE"))
- return;
-
- // FIXME: Move to llvm/Support and make it cross-platform.
-#ifdef __APPLE__
- setpriority(PRIO_DARWIN_THREAD, 0, PRIO_DARWIN_BG);
-#endif
-}
-
-void cxindex::printDiagsToStderr(ASTUnit *Unit) {
- if (!Unit)
- return;
-
- for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = Unit->stored_diag_begin(),
- DEnd = Unit->stored_diag_end();
- D != DEnd; ++D) {
- CXStoredDiagnostic Diag(*D, Unit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
- CXString Msg = clang_formatDiagnostic(&Diag,
- clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions());
- fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", clang_getCString(Msg));
- clang_disposeString(Msg);
- }
-#ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
- // On Windows, force a flush, since there may be multiple copies of
- // stderr and stdout in the file system, all with different buffers
- // but writing to the same device.
- fflush(stderr);
-#endif
-}
-
-extern "C" {
-
-CXString clang_getClangVersion() {
- return createCXString(getClangFullVersion());
-}
-
-} // end: extern "C"
-
+//===- CIndex.cpp - Clang-C Source Indexing Library -----------------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the main API hooks in the Clang-C Source Indexing
+// library.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "CIndexer.h"
+#include "CIndexDiagnostic.h"
+#include "CXComment.h"
+#include "CXCursor.h"
+#include "CXSourceLocation.h"
+#include "CXString.h"
+#include "CXTranslationUnit.h"
+#include "CXType.h"
+#include "CursorVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h"
+#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Mutex.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Program.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Signals.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Threading.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Timer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+using namespace clang;
+using namespace clang::cxcursor;
+using namespace clang::cxstring;
+using namespace clang::cxtu;
+using namespace clang::cxindex;
+
+CXTranslationUnit cxtu::MakeCXTranslationUnit(CIndexer *CIdx, ASTUnit *TU) {
+ if (!TU)
+ return 0;
+ CXTranslationUnit D = new CXTranslationUnitImpl();
+ D->CIdx = CIdx;
+ D->TUData = TU;
+ D->StringPool = createCXStringPool();
+ D->Diagnostics = 0;
+ D->OverridenCursorsPool = createOverridenCXCursorsPool();
+ return D;
+}
+
+cxtu::CXTUOwner::~CXTUOwner() {
+ if (TU)
+ clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
+}
+
+/// \brief Compare two source ranges to determine their relative position in
+/// the translation unit.
+static RangeComparisonResult RangeCompare(SourceManager &SM,
+ SourceRange R1,
+ SourceRange R2) {
+ assert(R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
+ assert(R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
+ if (R1.getEnd() != R2.getBegin() &&
+ SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R1.getEnd(), R2.getBegin()))
+ return RangeBefore;
+ if (R2.getEnd() != R1.getBegin() &&
+ SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R2.getEnd(), R1.getBegin()))
+ return RangeAfter;
+ return RangeOverlap;
+}
+
+/// \brief Determine if a source location falls within, before, or after a
+/// a given source range.
+static RangeComparisonResult LocationCompare(SourceManager &SM,
+ SourceLocation L, SourceRange R) {
+ assert(R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
+ assert(L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
+ if (L == R.getBegin() || L == R.getEnd())
+ return RangeOverlap;
+ if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, R.getBegin()))
+ return RangeBefore;
+ if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R.getEnd(), L))
+ return RangeAfter;
+ return RangeOverlap;
+}
+
+/// \brief Translate a Clang source range into a CIndex source range.
+///
+/// Clang internally represents ranges where the end location points to the
+/// start of the token at the end. However, for external clients it is more
+/// useful to have a CXSourceRange be a proper half-open interval. This routine
+/// does the appropriate translation.
+CXSourceRange cxloc::translateSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM,
+ const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+ const CharSourceRange &R) {
+ // We want the last character in this location, so we will adjust the
+ // location accordingly.
+ SourceLocation EndLoc = R.getEnd();
+ if (EndLoc.isValid() && EndLoc.isMacroID() && !SM.isMacroArgExpansion(EndLoc))
+ EndLoc = SM.getExpansionRange(EndLoc).second;
+ if (R.isTokenRange() && !EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
+ unsigned Length = Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(SM.getSpellingLoc(EndLoc),
+ SM, LangOpts);
+ EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(Length);
+ }
+
+ CXSourceRange Result = { { (void *)&SM, (void *)&LangOpts },
+ R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(),
+ EndLoc.getRawEncoding() };
+ return Result;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Cursor visitor.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C);
+static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr);
+
+
+RangeComparisonResult CursorVisitor::CompareRegionOfInterest(SourceRange R) {
+ return RangeCompare(AU->getSourceManager(), R, RegionOfInterest);
+}
+
+/// \brief Visit the given cursor and, if requested by the visitor,
+/// its children.
+///
+/// \param Cursor the cursor to visit.
+///
+/// \param CheckedRegionOfInterest if true, then the caller already checked
+/// that this cursor is within the region of interest.
+///
+/// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
+/// should continue.
+bool CursorVisitor::Visit(CXCursor Cursor, bool CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
+ if (clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind))
+ return false;
+
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
+ Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
+ if (!D) {
+ assert(0 && "Invalid declaration cursor");
+ return true; // abort.
+ }
+
+ // Ignore implicit declarations, unless it's an objc method because
+ // currently we should report implicit methods for properties when indexing.
+ if (D->isImplicit() && !isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // If we have a range of interest, and this cursor doesn't intersect with it,
+ // we're done.
+ if (RegionOfInterest.isValid() && !CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
+ SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(Cursor);
+ if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
+ case CXChildVisit_Break:
+ return true;
+
+ case CXChildVisit_Continue:
+ return false;
+
+ case CXChildVisit_Recurse: {
+ bool ret = VisitChildren(Cursor);
+ if (PostChildrenVisitor)
+ if (PostChildrenVisitor(Cursor, ClientData))
+ return true;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!");
+}
+
+static bool visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R,
+ PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
+ CursorVisitor &Visitor) {
+ SourceManager &SM = Visitor.getASTUnit()->getSourceManager();
+ FileID FID;
+
+ if (!Visitor.shouldVisitIncludedEntities()) {
+ // If the begin/end of the range lie in the same FileID, do the optimization
+ // where we skip preprocessed entities that do not come from the same FileID.
+ FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getBegin()));
+ if (FID != SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getEnd())))
+ FID = FileID();
+ }
+
+ std::pair<PreprocessingRecord::iterator, PreprocessingRecord::iterator>
+ Entities = PPRec.getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(R);
+ return Visitor.visitPreprocessedEntities(Entities.first, Entities.second,
+ PPRec, FID);
+}
+
+void CursorVisitor::visitFileRegion() {
+ if (RegionOfInterest.isInvalid())
+ return;
+
+ ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
+
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+ Begin = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin())),
+ End = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd()));
+
+ if (End.first != Begin.first) {
+ // If the end does not reside in the same file, try to recover by
+ // picking the end of the file of begin location.
+ End.first = Begin.first;
+ End.second = SM.getFileIDSize(Begin.first);
+ }
+
+ assert(Begin.first == End.first);
+ if (Begin.second > End.second)
+ return;
+
+ FileID File = Begin.first;
+ unsigned Offset = Begin.second;
+ unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second;
+
+ if (!VisitDeclsOnly && !VisitPreprocessorLast)
+ if (visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion())
+ return; // visitation break.
+
+ visitDeclsFromFileRegion(File, Offset, Length);
+
+ if (!VisitDeclsOnly && VisitPreprocessorLast)
+ visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
+}
+
+static bool isInLexicalContext(Decl *D, DeclContext *DC) {
+ if (!DC)
+ return false;
+
+ for (DeclContext *DeclDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
+ DeclDC; DeclDC = DeclDC->getLexicalParent()) {
+ if (DeclDC == DC)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+void CursorVisitor::visitDeclsFromFileRegion(FileID File,
+ unsigned Offset, unsigned Length) {
+ ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
+ SourceRange Range = RegionOfInterest;
+
+ SmallVector<Decl *, 16> Decls;
+ Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
+
+ // If we didn't find any file level decls for the file, try looking at the
+ // file that it was included from.
+ while (Decls.empty() || Decls.front()->isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer()) {
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SLEntry = SM.getSLocEntry(File, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return;
+
+ SourceLocation Outer;
+ if (SLEntry.isFile())
+ Outer = SLEntry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
+ else
+ Outer = SLEntry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
+ if (Outer.isInvalid())
+ return;
+
+ llvm::tie(File, Offset) = SM.getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Outer);
+ Length = 0;
+ Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
+ }
+
+ assert(!Decls.empty());
+
+ bool VisitedAtLeastOnce = false;
+ DeclContext *CurDC = 0;
+ SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DIt = Decls.begin();
+ for (SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DE = Decls.end(); DIt != DE; ++DIt) {
+ Decl *D = *DIt;
+ if (D->getSourceRange().isInvalid())
+ continue;
+
+ if (isInLexicalContext(D, CurDC))
+ continue;
+
+ CurDC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D);
+
+ if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
+ if (!TD->isFreeStanding())
+ continue;
+
+ RangeComparisonResult CompRes = RangeCompare(SM, D->getSourceRange(),Range);
+ if (CompRes == RangeBefore)
+ continue;
+ if (CompRes == RangeAfter)
+ break;
+
+ assert(CompRes == RangeOverlap);
+ VisitedAtLeastOnce = true;
+
+ if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D)) {
+ FileDI_current = &DIt;
+ FileDE_current = DE;
+ } else {
+ FileDI_current = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (VisitedAtLeastOnce)
+ return;
+
+ // No Decls overlapped with the range. Move up the lexical context until there
+ // is a context that contains the range or we reach the translation unit
+ // level.
+ DeclContext *DC = DIt == Decls.begin() ? (*DIt)->getLexicalDeclContext()
+ : (*(DIt-1))->getLexicalDeclContext();
+
+ while (DC && !DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
+ Decl *D = cast<Decl>(DC);
+ SourceRange CurDeclRange = D->getSourceRange();
+ if (CurDeclRange.isInvalid())
+ break;
+
+ if (RangeCompare(SM, CurDeclRange, Range) == RangeOverlap) {
+ Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
+ }
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion() {
+ if (!AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
+ return false;
+
+ PreprocessingRecord &PPRec
+ = *AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord();
+ SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
+
+ if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
+ SourceRange MappedRange = AU->mapRangeToPreamble(RegionOfInterest);
+ SourceLocation B = MappedRange.getBegin();
+ SourceLocation E = MappedRange.getEnd();
+
+ if (AU->isInPreambleFileID(B)) {
+ if (SM.isLoadedSourceLocation(E))
+ return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E),
+ PPRec, *this);
+
+ // Beginning of range lies in the preamble but it also extends beyond
+ // it into the main file. Split the range into 2 parts, one covering
+ // the preamble and another covering the main file. This allows subsequent
+ // calls to visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange to accept a source range that
+ // lies in the same FileID, allowing it to skip preprocessed entities that
+ // do not come from the same FileID.
+ bool breaked =
+ visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
+ SourceRange(B, AU->getEndOfPreambleFileID()),
+ PPRec, *this);
+ if (breaked) return true;
+ return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
+ SourceRange(AU->getStartOfMainFileID(), E),
+ PPRec, *this);
+ }
+
+ return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, *this);
+ }
+
+ bool OnlyLocalDecls
+ = !AU->isMainFileAST() && AU->getOnlyLocalDecls();
+
+ if (OnlyLocalDecls)
+ return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.local_begin(), PPRec.local_end(),
+ PPRec);
+
+ return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.begin(), PPRec.end(), PPRec);
+}
+
+template<typename InputIterator>
+bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntities(InputIterator First,
+ InputIterator Last,
+ PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
+ FileID FID) {
+ for (; First != Last; ++First) {
+ if (!FID.isInvalid() && !PPRec.isEntityInFileID(First, FID))
+ continue;
+
+ PreprocessedEntity *PPE = *First;
+ if (MacroExpansion *ME = dyn_cast<MacroExpansion>(PPE)) {
+ if (Visit(MakeMacroExpansionCursor(ME, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (MacroDefinition *MD = dyn_cast<MacroDefinition>(PPE)) {
+ if (Visit(MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(MD, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (InclusionDirective *ID = dyn_cast<InclusionDirective>(PPE)) {
+ if (Visit(MakeInclusionDirectiveCursor(ID, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Visit the children of the given cursor.
+///
+/// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
+/// should continue.
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitChildren(CXCursor Cursor) {
+ if (clang_isReference(Cursor.kind) &&
+ Cursor.kind != CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
+ // By definition, references have no children.
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Set the Parent field to Cursor, then back to its old value once we're
+ // done.
+ SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, Cursor);
+
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
+ Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
+ if (!D)
+ return false;
+
+ return VisitAttributes(D) || Visit(D);
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(Cursor.kind)) {
+ if (Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(Cursor))
+ return Visit(S);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) {
+ if (Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor))
+ return Visit(E);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isTranslationUnit(Cursor.kind)) {
+ CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(Cursor);
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData);
+
+ int VisitOrder[2] = { VisitPreprocessorLast, !VisitPreprocessorLast };
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
+ if (VisitOrder[I]) {
+ if (!CXXUnit->isMainFileAST() && CXXUnit->getOnlyLocalDecls() &&
+ RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) {
+ for (ASTUnit::top_level_iterator TL = CXXUnit->top_level_begin(),
+ TLEnd = CXXUnit->top_level_end();
+ TL != TLEnd; ++TL) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*TL, tu, RegionOfInterest), true))
+ return true;
+ }
+ } else if (VisitDeclContext(
+ CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl()))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Walk the preprocessing record.
+ if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
+ visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
+ if (CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(Cursor)) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *BaseTSInfo = Base->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
+ return Visit(BaseTSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) {
+ IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
+ cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(Cursor));
+ if (const ObjCInterfaceType *InterT = A->getInterface()->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>())
+ return Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorObjCClassRef(InterT->getInterface(),
+ A->getInterfaceLoc(), TU));
+ }
+
+ // Nothing to visit at the moment.
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = B->getSignatureAsWritten())
+ if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ if (Stmt *Body = B->getBody())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Body, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+llvm::Optional<bool> CursorVisitor::shouldVisitCursor(CXCursor Cursor) {
+ if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
+ SourceRange Range = getFullCursorExtent(Cursor, AU->getSourceManager());
+ if (Range.isInvalid())
+ return llvm::Optional<bool>();
+
+ switch (CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) {
+ case RangeBefore:
+ // This declaration comes before the region of interest; skip it.
+ return llvm::Optional<bool>();
+
+ case RangeAfter:
+ // This declaration comes after the region of interest; we're done.
+ return false;
+
+ case RangeOverlap:
+ // This declaration overlaps the region of interest; visit it.
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclContext(DeclContext *DC) {
+ DeclContext::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), E = DC->decls_end();
+
+ // FIXME: Eventually remove. This part of a hack to support proper
+ // iteration over all Decls contained lexically within an ObjC container.
+ SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator*> DI_saved(DI_current, &I);
+ SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator> DE_saved(DE_current, E);
+
+ for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
+ Decl *D = *I;
+ if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() != DC)
+ continue;
+ CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest);
+
+ // Ignore synthesized ivars here, otherwise if we have something like:
+ // @synthesize prop = _prop;
+ // and '_prop' is not declared, we will encounter a '_prop' ivar before
+ // encountering the 'prop' synthesize declaration and we will think that
+ // we passed the region-of-interest.
+ if (ObjCIvarDecl *ivarD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) {
+ if (ivarD->getSynthesize())
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: ObjCClassRef/ObjCProtocolRef for forward class/protocol
+ // declarations is a mismatch with the compiler semantics.
+ if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl) {
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
+ if (!ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+ Cursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, ID->getLocation(), TU);
+
+ } else if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl) {
+ ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
+ if (!PD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+ Cursor = MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, PD->getLocation(), TU);
+ }
+
+ const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
+ if (!V.hasValue())
+ continue;
+ if (!V.getValue())
+ return false;
+ if (Visit(Cursor, true))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D) {
+ llvm_unreachable("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()");
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagDecl(TagDecl *D) {
+ return VisitDeclContext(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(
+ ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {
+ bool ShouldVisitBody = false;
+ switch (D->getSpecializationKind()) {
+ case TSK_Undeclared:
+ case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
+ // Nothing to visit
+ return false;
+
+ case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
+ case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
+ break;
+
+ case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
+ ShouldVisitBody = true;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Visit the template arguments used in the specialization.
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *SpecType = D->getTypeAsWritten()) {
+ TypeLoc TL = SpecType->getTypeLoc();
+ if (TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc *TSTLoc
+ = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(&TL)) {
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = TSTLoc->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
+ if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TSTLoc->getArgLoc(I)))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ShouldVisitBody && VisitCXXRecordDecl(D))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl(
+ ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D) {
+ // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
+ // before visiting these template parameters.
+ if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the partial specialization arguments.
+ const TemplateArgumentLoc *TemplateArgs = D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten();
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = D->getNumTemplateArgsAsWritten(); I != N; ++I)
+ if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgs[I]))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D) {
+ // Visit the default argument.
+ if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgumentInfo())
+ if (Visit(DefArg->getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) {
+ if (Expr *Init = D->getInitExpr())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DD->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Compare two base or member initializers based on their source order.
+static int CompareCXXCtorInitializers(const void* Xp, const void *Yp) {
+ CXXCtorInitializer const * const *X
+ = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Xp);
+ CXXCtorInitializer const * const *Y
+ = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Yp);
+
+ if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() < (*Y)->getSourceOrder())
+ return -1;
+ else if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() > (*Y)->getSourceOrder())
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *ND) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
+ // Visit the function declaration's syntactic components in the order
+ // written. This requires a bit of work.
+ TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
+ FunctionTypeLoc *FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL);
+
+ // If we have a function declared directly (without the use of a typedef),
+ // visit just the return type. Otherwise, just visit the function's type
+ // now.
+ if ((FTL && !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND) && Visit(FTL->getResultLoc())) ||
+ (!FTL && Visit(TL)))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = ND->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the declaration name.
+ if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(ND->getNameInfo()))
+ return true;
+
+ // FIXME: Visit explicitly-specified template arguments!
+
+ // Visit the function parameters, if we have a function type.
+ if (FTL && VisitFunctionTypeLoc(*FTL, true))
+ return true;
+
+ // FIXME: Attributes?
+ }
+
+ if (ND->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !ND->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
+ if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) {
+ // Find the initializers that were written in the source.
+ SmallVector<CXXCtorInitializer *, 4> WrittenInits;
+ for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_iterator I = Constructor->init_begin(),
+ IEnd = Constructor->init_end();
+ I != IEnd; ++I) {
+ if (!(*I)->isWritten())
+ continue;
+
+ WrittenInits.push_back(*I);
+ }
+
+ // Sort the initializers in source order
+ llvm::array_pod_sort(WrittenInits.begin(), WrittenInits.end(),
+ &CompareCXXCtorInitializers);
+
+ // Visit the initializers in source order
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = WrittenInits.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ CXXCtorInitializer *Init = WrittenInits[I];
+ if (Init->isAnyMemberInitializer()) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Init->getAnyMember(),
+ Init->getMemberLocation(), TU)))
+ return true;
+ } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
+ if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Visit the initializer value.
+ if (Expr *Initializer = Init->getInit())
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Initializer, ND, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
+ if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
+ return true;
+
+ if (Expr *BitWidth = D->getBitWidth())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(BitWidth, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) {
+ if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
+ return true;
+
+ if (Expr *Init = D->getInit())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D) {
+ if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
+ return true;
+
+ if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
+ if (Expr *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgument())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(DefArg, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) {
+ // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the FunctionDecl
+ // before visiting these template parameters.
+ if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitFunctionDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D) {
+ // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
+ // before visiting these template parameters.
+ if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) {
+ if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
+ return true;
+
+ if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited() &&
+ VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument()))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *ND) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getResultTypeSourceInfo())
+ if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = ND->param_begin(),
+ PEnd = ND->param_end();
+ P != PEnd; ++P) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (ND->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+ Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+template <typename DeclIt>
+static void addRangedDeclsInContainer(DeclIt *DI_current, DeclIt DE_current,
+ SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation EndLoc,
+ SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) {
+ DeclIt next = *DI_current;
+ while (++next != DE_current) {
+ Decl *D_next = *next;
+ if (!D_next)
+ break;
+ SourceLocation L = D_next->getLocStart();
+ if (!L.isValid())
+ break;
+ if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, EndLoc)) {
+ *DI_current = next;
+ Decls.push_back(D_next);
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+namespace {
+ struct ContainerDeclsSort {
+ SourceManager &SM;
+ ContainerDeclsSort(SourceManager &sm) : SM(sm) {}
+ bool operator()(Decl *A, Decl *B) {
+ SourceLocation L_A = A->getLocStart();
+ SourceLocation L_B = B->getLocStart();
+ assert(L_A.isValid() && L_B.isValid());
+ return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L_A, L_B);
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCContainerDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
+ // FIXME: Eventually convert back to just 'VisitDeclContext()'. Essentially
+ // an @implementation can lexically contain Decls that are not properly
+ // nested in the AST. When we identify such cases, we need to retrofit
+ // this nesting here.
+ if (!DI_current && !FileDI_current)
+ return VisitDeclContext(D);
+
+ // Scan the Decls that immediately come after the container
+ // in the current DeclContext. If any fall within the
+ // container's lexical region, stash them into a vector
+ // for later processing.
+ SmallVector<Decl *, 24> DeclsInContainer;
+ SourceLocation EndLoc = D->getSourceRange().getEnd();
+ SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
+ if (EndLoc.isValid()) {
+ if (DI_current) {
+ addRangedDeclsInContainer(DI_current, DE_current, SM, EndLoc,
+ DeclsInContainer);
+ } else {
+ addRangedDeclsInContainer(FileDI_current, FileDE_current, SM, EndLoc,
+ DeclsInContainer);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // The common case.
+ if (DeclsInContainer.empty())
+ return VisitDeclContext(D);
+
+ // Get all the Decls in the DeclContext, and sort them with the
+ // additional ones we've collected. Then visit them.
+ for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = D->decls_begin(), E = D->decls_end();
+ I!=E; ++I) {
+ Decl *subDecl = *I;
+ if (!subDecl || subDecl->getLexicalDeclContext() != D ||
+ subDecl->getLocStart().isInvalid())
+ continue;
+ DeclsInContainer.push_back(subDecl);
+ }
+
+ // Now sort the Decls so that they appear in lexical order.
+ std::sort(DeclsInContainer.begin(), DeclsInContainer.end(),
+ ContainerDeclsSort(SM));
+
+ // Now visit the decls.
+ for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator I = DeclsInContainer.begin(),
+ E = DeclsInContainer.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(*I, TU, RegionOfInterest);
+ const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
+ if (!V.hasValue())
+ continue;
+ if (!V.getValue())
+ return false;
+ if (Visit(Cursor, true))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryDecl(ObjCCategoryDecl *ND) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ND->getClassInterface(), ND->getLocation(),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = ND->protocol_loc_begin();
+ for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = ND->protocol_begin(),
+ E = ND->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitObjCContainerDecl(ND);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCProtocolDecl(ObjCProtocolDecl *PID) {
+ if (!PID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+ return Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PID, PID->getLocation(), TU));
+
+ ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = PID->protocol_loc_begin();
+ for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PID->protocol_begin(),
+ E = PID->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitObjCContainerDecl(PID);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD) {
+ if (PD->getTypeSourceInfo() && Visit(PD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ // FIXME: This implements a workaround with @property declarations also being
+ // installed in the DeclContext for the @interface. Eventually this code
+ // should be removed.
+ ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(PD->getDeclContext());
+ if (!CDecl || !CDecl->IsClassExtension())
+ return false;
+
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = CDecl->getClassInterface();
+ if (!ID)
+ return false;
+
+ IdentifierInfo *PropertyId = PD->getIdentifier();
+ ObjCPropertyDecl *prevDecl =
+ ObjCPropertyDecl::findPropertyDecl(cast<DeclContext>(ID), PropertyId);
+
+ if (!prevDecl)
+ return false;
+
+ // Visit synthesized methods since they will be skipped when visiting
+ // the @interface.
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getGetterMethodDecl())
+ if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getSetterMethodDecl())
+ if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
+ if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
+ // Forward declaration is treated like a reference.
+ return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU));
+ }
+
+ // Issue callbacks for super class.
+ if (D->getSuperClass() &&
+ Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
+ D->getSuperClassLoc(),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = D->protocol_loc_begin();
+ for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = D->protocol_begin(),
+ E = D->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplDecl *D) {
+ return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) {
+ // 'ID' could be null when dealing with invalid code.
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = D->getClassInterface())
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, D->getLocation(), TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplementationDecl(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
+#if 0
+ // Issue callbacks for super class.
+ // FIXME: No source location information!
+ if (D->getSuperClass() &&
+ Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
+ D->getSuperClassLoc(),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+#endif
+
+ return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PD) {
+ if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PD->getPropertyIvarDecl())
+ if (PD->isIvarNameSpecified())
+ return Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Ivar, PD->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), TU));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D) {
+ return VisitDeclContext(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) {
+ // Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getAliasedNamespace(),
+ D->getTargetNameLoc(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D) {
+ // Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D) {
+ // Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(),
+ D->getIdentLocation(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D) {
+ // Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(
+ UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
+ // Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo Name) {
+ switch (Name.getName().getNameKind()) {
+ case clang::DeclarationName::Identifier:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
+ return false;
+
+ case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Name.getNamedTypeInfo())
+ return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+ return false;
+
+ case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
+ case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
+ // FIXME: Per-identifier location info?
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!");
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
+ SourceRange Range) {
+ // FIXME: This whole routine is a hack to work around the lack of proper
+ // source information in nested-name-specifiers (PR5791). Since we do have
+ // a beginning source location, we can visit the first component of the
+ // nested-name-specifier, if it's a single-token component.
+ if (!NNS)
+ return false;
+
+ // Get the first component in the nested-name-specifier.
+ while (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
+ NNS = Prefix;
+
+ switch (NNS->getKind()) {
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
+ return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), Range.getBegin(),
+ TU));
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
+ return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
+ Range.getBegin(), TU));
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: {
+ // If the type has a form where we know that the beginning of the source
+ // range matches up with a reference cursor. Visit the appropriate reference
+ // cursor.
+ const Type *T = NNS->getAsType();
+ if (const TypedefType *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
+ if (const TagType *Tag = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Tag->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
+ if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
+ = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T))
+ return VisitTemplateName(TST->getTemplateName(), Range.getBegin());
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool
+CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
+ SmallVector<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, 4> Qualifiers;
+ for (; Qualifier; Qualifier = Qualifier.getPrefix())
+ Qualifiers.push_back(Qualifier);
+
+ while (!Qualifiers.empty()) {
+ NestedNameSpecifierLoc Q = Qualifiers.pop_back_val();
+ NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Q.getNestedNameSpecifier();
+ switch (NNS->getKind()) {
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(),
+ Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ break;
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
+ Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ break;
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
+ if (Visit(Q.getTypeLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ break;
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateParameters(
+ const TemplateParameterList *Params) {
+ if (!Params)
+ return false;
+
+ for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
+ PEnd = Params->end();
+ P != PEnd; ++P) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateName(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc) {
+ switch (Name.getKind()) {
+ case TemplateName::Template:
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(Name.getAsTemplateDecl(), Loc, TU));
+
+ case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
+ // Visit the overloaded template set.
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Name, Loc, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateName::DependentTemplate:
+ // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
+ // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
+ Name.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()->getDecl(),
+ Loc, TU));
+
+ case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm:
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
+ Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm()->getParameter(),
+ Loc, TU));
+
+ case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack:
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
+ Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()->getParameterPack(),
+ Loc, TU));
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!");
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TAL) {
+ switch (TAL.getArgument().getKind()) {
+ case TemplateArgument::Null:
+ case TemplateArgument::Integral:
+ case TemplateArgument::Pack:
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateArgument::Type:
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TAL.getTypeSourceInfo())
+ return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
+ if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceDeclExpression())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
+ if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceNullPtrExpression())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateArgument::Expression:
+ if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceExpression())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+ return false;
+
+ case TemplateArgument::Template:
+ case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TAL.getTemplateQualifierLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ return VisitTemplateName(TAL.getArgument().getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(),
+ TAL.getTemplateNameLoc());
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!");
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D) {
+ return VisitDeclContext(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) {
+ ASTContext &Context = AU->getASTContext();
+
+ // Some builtin types (such as Objective-C's "id", "sel", and
+ // "Class") have associated declarations. Create cursors for those.
+ QualType VisitType;
+ switch (TL.getTypePtr()->getKind()) {
+
+ case BuiltinType::Void:
+ case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
+ case BuiltinType::Dependent:
+ case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
+ case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
+ case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
+ case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
+ case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
+ case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
+#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
+#define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
+#define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
+#define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
+#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
+#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
+ break;
+
+ case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
+ VisitType = Context.getObjCIdType();
+ break;
+
+ case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
+ VisitType = Context.getObjCClassType();
+ break;
+
+ case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
+ VisitType = Context.getObjCSelType();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!VisitType.isNull()) {
+ if (const TypedefType *Typedef = VisitType->getAs<TypedefType>())
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), TL.getBuiltinLoc(),
+ TU));
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getTypedefNameDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypeLoc(UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (TL.isDefinition())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest));
+
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(TL.getIFaceDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (TL.hasBaseTypeAsWritten() && Visit(TL.getBaseLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL,
+ bool SkipResultType) {
+ if (!SkipResultType && Visit(TL.getResultLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
+ if (Decl *D = TL.getArg(I))
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (Visit(TL.getElementLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ if (Expr *Size = TL.getSizeExpr())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Size, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
+ TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
+ // Visit the template name.
+ if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(),
+ TL.getTemplateNameLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the template arguments.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
+ if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getUnderlyingExpr(), StmtParent, TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
+ return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
+ return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
+ DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if there is one.
+ if (TL.getQualifierLoc() &&
+ VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the template arguments.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
+ if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
+ return true;
+
+ return Visit(TL.getNamedTypeLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitPackExpansionTypeLoc(PackExpansionTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getPatternLoc());
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) {
+ if (Expr *E = TL.getUnderlyingExpr())
+ return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU));
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitInjectedClassNameTypeLoc(InjectedClassNameTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) {
+ return Visit(TL.getValueLoc());
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(CLASS, PARENT) \
+bool CursorVisitor::Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { \
+ return Visit##PARENT##Loc(TL); \
+}
+
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Complex, Type)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantArray, ArrayType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(IncompleteArray, ArrayType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(VariableArray, ArrayType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedExtVector, Type)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Vector, Type)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ExtVector, VectorType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionProto, FunctionType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Record, TagType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Enum, TagType)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type)
+DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Auto, Type)
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) {
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) {
+ for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = D->bases_begin(),
+ E = D->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ if (Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(I, TU)))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return VisitTagDecl(D);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributes(Decl *D) {
+ for (AttrVec::const_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end();
+ i != e; ++i)
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*i, D, TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Data-recursive visitor methods.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace {
+#define DEF_JOB(NAME, DATA, KIND)\
+class NAME : public VisitorJob {\
+public:\
+ NAME(DATA *d, CXCursor parent) : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::KIND, d) {} \
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { return VJ->getKind() == KIND; }\
+ DATA *get() const { return static_cast<DATA*>(data[0]); }\
+};
+
+DEF_JOB(StmtVisit, Stmt, StmtVisitKind)
+DEF_JOB(MemberExprParts, MemberExpr, MemberExprPartsKind)
+DEF_JOB(DeclRefExprParts, DeclRefExpr, DeclRefExprPartsKind)
+DEF_JOB(OverloadExprParts, OverloadExpr, OverloadExprPartsKind)
+DEF_JOB(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit, ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo,
+ ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind)
+DEF_JOB(SizeOfPackExprParts, SizeOfPackExpr, SizeOfPackExprPartsKind)
+DEF_JOB(LambdaExprParts, LambdaExpr, LambdaExprPartsKind)
+DEF_JOB(PostChildrenVisit, void, PostChildrenVisitKind)
+#undef DEF_JOB
+
+class DeclVisit : public VisitorJob {
+public:
+ DeclVisit(Decl *d, CXCursor parent, bool isFirst) :
+ VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind,
+ d, isFirst ? (void*) 1 : (void*) 0) {}
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
+ return VJ->getKind() == DeclVisitKind;
+ }
+ Decl *get() const { return static_cast<Decl*>(data[0]); }
+ bool isFirst() const { return data[1] ? true : false; }
+};
+class TypeLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
+public:
+ TypeLocVisit(TypeLoc tl, CXCursor parent) :
+ VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind,
+ tl.getType().getAsOpaquePtr(), tl.getOpaqueData()) {}
+
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
+ return VJ->getKind() == TypeLocVisitKind;
+ }
+
+ TypeLoc get() const {
+ QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(data[0]);
+ return TypeLoc(T, data[1]);
+ }
+};
+
+class LabelRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
+public:
+ LabelRefVisit(LabelDecl *LD, SourceLocation labelLoc, CXCursor parent)
+ : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind, LD,
+ labelLoc.getPtrEncoding()) {}
+
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
+ return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind;
+ }
+ LabelDecl *get() const { return static_cast<LabelDecl*>(data[0]); }
+ SourceLocation getLoc() const {
+ return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(data[1]); }
+};
+
+class NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
+public:
+ NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier, CXCursor parent)
+ : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind,
+ Qualifier.getNestedNameSpecifier(),
+ Qualifier.getOpaqueData()) { }
+
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
+ return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind;
+ }
+
+ NestedNameSpecifierLoc get() const {
+ return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(data[0]),
+ data[1]);
+ }
+};
+
+class DeclarationNameInfoVisit : public VisitorJob {
+public:
+ DeclarationNameInfoVisit(Stmt *S, CXCursor parent)
+ : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind, S) {}
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
+ return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind;
+ }
+ DeclarationNameInfo get() const {
+ Stmt *S = static_cast<Stmt*>(data[0]);
+ switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Stmt");
+ case clang::Stmt::MSDependentExistsStmtClass:
+ return cast<MSDependentExistsStmt>(S)->getNameInfo();
+ case Stmt::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass:
+ return cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(S)->getMemberNameInfo();
+ case Stmt::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass:
+ return cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(S)->getNameInfo();
+ }
+ }
+};
+class MemberRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
+public:
+ MemberRefVisit(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L, CXCursor parent)
+ : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind, D,
+ L.getPtrEncoding()) {}
+ static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
+ return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind;
+ }
+ FieldDecl *get() const {
+ return static_cast<FieldDecl*>(data[0]);
+ }
+ SourceLocation getLoc() const {
+ return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t) data[1]);
+ }
+};
+class EnqueueVisitor : public StmtVisitor<EnqueueVisitor, void> {
+ VisitorWorkList &WL;
+ CXCursor Parent;
+public:
+ EnqueueVisitor(VisitorWorkList &wl, CXCursor parent)
+ : WL(wl), Parent(parent) {}
+
+ void VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E);
+ void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *B);
+ void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
+ void VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S);
+ void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { /* Do nothing. */ }
+ void VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(MSDependentExistsStmt *S);
+ void VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E);
+ void VisitCXXCatchStmt(CXXCatchStmt *S);
+ void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *D);
+ void VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *S);
+ void VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E);
+ void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E);
+ void VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E);
+ void VisitForStmt(ForStmt *FS);
+ void VisitGotoStmt(GotoStmt *GS);
+ void VisitIfStmt(IfStmt *If);
+ void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *IE);
+ void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *M);
+ void VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E);
+ void VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E);
+ void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *M);
+ void VisitOverloadExpr(OverloadExpr *E);
+ void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
+ void VisitStmt(Stmt *S);
+ void VisitSwitchStmt(SwitchStmt *S);
+ void VisitWhileStmt(WhileStmt *W);
+ void VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E);
+ void VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E);
+ void VisitTypeTraitExpr(TypeTraitExpr *E);
+ void VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E);
+ void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E);
+ void VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *U);
+ void VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *E);
+ void VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E);
+ void VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
+ void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E);
+ void VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E);
+
+private:
+ void AddDeclarationNameInfo(Stmt *S);
+ void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier);
+ void AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A);
+ void AddMemberRef(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L);
+ void AddStmt(Stmt *S);
+ void AddDecl(Decl *D, bool isFirst = true);
+ void AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
+ void EnqueueChildren(Stmt *S);
+};
+} // end anonyous namespace
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::AddDeclarationNameInfo(Stmt *S) {
+ // 'S' should always be non-null, since it comes from the
+ // statement we are visiting.
+ WL.push_back(DeclarationNameInfoVisit(S, Parent));
+}
+
+void
+EnqueueVisitor::AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
+ if (Qualifier)
+ WL.push_back(NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(Qualifier, Parent));
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::AddStmt(Stmt *S) {
+ if (S)
+ WL.push_back(StmtVisit(S, Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::AddDecl(Decl *D, bool isFirst) {
+ if (D)
+ WL.push_back(DeclVisit(D, Parent, isFirst));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::
+ AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A) {
+ if (A)
+ WL.push_back(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(
+ const_cast<ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*>(A), Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::AddMemberRef(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L) {
+ if (D)
+ WL.push_back(MemberRefVisit(D, L, Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
+ if (TI)
+ WL.push_back(TypeLocVisit(TI->getTypeLoc(), Parent));
+ }
+void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(Stmt *S) {
+ unsigned size = WL.size();
+ for (Stmt::child_range Child = S->children(); Child; ++Child) {
+ AddStmt(*Child);
+ }
+ if (size == WL.size())
+ return;
+ // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
+ // ordering performed by the worklist.
+ VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
+ std::reverse(I, E);
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E) {
+ WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(E->getLabel(), E->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *B) {
+ AddDecl(B->getBlockDecl());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S) {
+ for (CompoundStmt::reverse_body_iterator I = S->body_rbegin(),
+ E = S->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) {
+ AddStmt(*I);
+ }
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::
+VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(MSDependentExistsStmt *S) {
+ AddStmt(S->getSubStmt());
+ AddDeclarationNameInfo(S);
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = S->getQualifierLoc())
+ AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::
+VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
+ AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
+ AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
+ AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
+ if (!E->isImplicitAccess())
+ AddStmt(E->getBase());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
+ // Enqueue the initializer , if any.
+ AddStmt(E->getInitializer());
+ // Enqueue the array size, if any.
+ AddStmt(E->getArraySize());
+ // Enqueue the allocated type.
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo());
+ // Enqueue the placement arguments.
+ for (unsigned I = E->getNumPlacementArgs(); I > 0; --I)
+ AddStmt(E->getPlacementArg(I-1));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE) {
+ for (unsigned I = CE->getNumArgs(); I > 1 /* Yes, this is 1 */; --I)
+ AddStmt(CE->getArg(I-1));
+ AddStmt(CE->getCallee());
+ AddStmt(CE->getArg(0));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) {
+ // Visit the name of the type being destroyed.
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getDestroyedTypeInfo());
+ // Visit the scope type that looks disturbingly like the nested-name-specifier
+ // but isn't.
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getScopeTypeInfo());
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
+ AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
+ // Visit base expression.
+ AddStmt(E->getBase());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ if (E->isTypeOperand())
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr
+ *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ if (E->isTypeOperand())
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXCatchStmt(CXXCatchStmt *S) {
+ EnqueueChildren(S);
+ AddDecl(S->getExceptionDecl());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DR) {
+ if (DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+ AddExplicitTemplateArgs(&DR->getExplicitTemplateArgs());
+ }
+ WL.push_back(DeclRefExprParts(DR, Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
+ AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
+ AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
+ AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *S) {
+ unsigned size = WL.size();
+ bool isFirst = true;
+ for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
+ D != DEnd; ++D) {
+ AddDecl(*D, isFirst);
+ isFirst = false;
+ }
+ if (size == WL.size())
+ return;
+ // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
+ // ordering performed by the worklist.
+ VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
+ std::reverse(I, E);
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E) {
+ AddStmt(E->getInit());
+ typedef DesignatedInitExpr::Designator Designator;
+ for (DesignatedInitExpr::reverse_designators_iterator
+ D = E->designators_rbegin(), DEnd = E->designators_rend();
+ D != DEnd; ++D) {
+ if (D->isFieldDesignator()) {
+ if (FieldDecl *Field = D->getField())
+ AddMemberRef(Field, D->getFieldLoc());
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (D->isArrayDesignator()) {
+ AddStmt(E->getArrayIndex(*D));
+ continue;
+ }
+ assert(D->isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind");
+ AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeEnd(*D));
+ AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeStart(*D));
+ }
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeInfoAsWritten());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitForStmt(ForStmt *FS) {
+ AddStmt(FS->getBody());
+ AddStmt(FS->getInc());
+ AddStmt(FS->getCond());
+ AddDecl(FS->getConditionVariable());
+ AddStmt(FS->getInit());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitGotoStmt(GotoStmt *GS) {
+ WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(GS->getLabel(), GS->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitIfStmt(IfStmt *If) {
+ AddStmt(If->getElse());
+ AddStmt(If->getThen());
+ AddStmt(If->getCond());
+ AddDecl(If->getConditionVariable());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *IE) {
+ // We care about the syntactic form of the initializer list, only.
+ if (InitListExpr *Syntactic = IE->getSyntacticForm())
+ IE = Syntactic;
+ EnqueueChildren(IE);
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *M) {
+ WL.push_back(MemberExprParts(M, Parent));
+
+ // If the base of the member access expression is an implicit 'this', don't
+ // visit it.
+ // FIXME: If we ever want to show these implicit accesses, this will be
+ // unfortunate. However, clang_getCursor() relies on this behavior.
+ if (!M->isImplicitAccess())
+ AddStmt(M->getBase());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E) {
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *M) {
+ EnqueueChildren(M);
+ AddTypeLoc(M->getClassReceiverTypeInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E) {
+ // Visit the components of the offsetof expression.
+ for (unsigned N = E->getNumComponents(), I = N; I > 0; --I) {
+ typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
+ const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I-1);
+ switch (Node.getKind()) {
+ case OffsetOfNode::Array:
+ AddStmt(E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex()));
+ break;
+ case OffsetOfNode::Field:
+ AddMemberRef(Node.getField(), Node.getSourceRange().getEnd());
+ break;
+ case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
+ case OffsetOfNode::Base:
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ // Visit the type into which we're computing the offset.
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOverloadExpr(OverloadExpr *E) {
+ AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
+ WL.push_back(OverloadExprParts(E, Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
+ UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+ if (E->isArgumentType())
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getArgumentTypeInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+ EnqueueChildren(S);
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSwitchStmt(SwitchStmt *S) {
+ AddStmt(S->getBody());
+ AddStmt(S->getCond());
+ AddDecl(S->getConditionVariable());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitWhileStmt(WhileStmt *W) {
+ AddStmt(W->getBody());
+ AddStmt(W->getCond());
+ AddDecl(W->getConditionVariable());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E) {
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E) {
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getRhsTypeSourceInfo());
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getLhsTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitTypeTraitExpr(TypeTraitExpr *E) {
+ for (unsigned I = E->getNumArgs(); I > 0; --I)
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getArg(I-1));
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
+ EnqueueChildren(E);
+}
+
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *U) {
+ VisitOverloadExpr(U);
+ if (!U->isImplicitAccess())
+ AddStmt(U->getBase());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *E) {
+ AddStmt(E->getSubExpr());
+ AddTypeLoc(E->getWrittenTypeInfo());
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
+ WL.push_back(SizeOfPackExprParts(E, Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
+ // If the opaque value has a source expression, just transparently
+ // visit that. This is useful for (e.g.) pseudo-object expressions.
+ if (Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr())
+ return Visit(SourceExpr);
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
+ AddStmt(E->getBody());
+ WL.push_back(LambdaExprParts(E, Parent));
+}
+void EnqueueVisitor::VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
+ // Treat the expression like its syntactic form.
+ Visit(E->getSyntacticForm());
+}
+
+void CursorVisitor::EnqueueWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL, Stmt *S) {
+ EnqueueVisitor(WL, MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU,RegionOfInterest)).Visit(S);
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::IsInRegionOfInterest(CXCursor C) {
+ if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
+ SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(C);
+ if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::RunVisitorWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL) {
+ while (!WL.empty()) {
+ // Dequeue the worklist item.
+ VisitorJob LI = WL.back();
+ WL.pop_back();
+
+ // Set the Parent field, then back to its old value once we're done.
+ SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, LI.getParent());
+
+ switch (LI.getKind()) {
+ case VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind: {
+ Decl *D = cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->get();
+ if (!D)
+ continue;
+
+ // For now, perform default visitation for Decls.
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest,
+ cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->isFirst())))
+ return true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind: {
+ const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *ArgList =
+ cast<ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit>(&LI)->get();
+ for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = ArgList->getTemplateArgs(),
+ *ArgEnd = Arg + ArgList->NumTemplateArgs;
+ Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
+ if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
+ return true;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind: {
+ // Perform default visitation for TypeLocs.
+ if (Visit(cast<TypeLocVisit>(&LI)->get()))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind: {
+ LabelDecl *LS = cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->get();
+ if (LabelStmt *stmt = LS->getStmt()) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorLabelRef(stmt, cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->getLoc(),
+ TU))) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind: {
+ NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit *V = cast<NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit>(&LI);
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(V->get()))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind: {
+ if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(cast<DeclarationNameInfoVisit>(&LI)
+ ->get()))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind: {
+ MemberRefVisit *V = cast<MemberRefVisit>(&LI);
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(V->get(), V->getLoc(), TU)))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::StmtVisitKind: {
+ Stmt *S = cast<StmtVisit>(&LI)->get();
+ if (!S)
+ continue;
+
+ // Update the current cursor.
+ CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest);
+ if (!IsInRegionOfInterest(Cursor))
+ continue;
+ switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
+ case CXChildVisit_Break: return true;
+ case CXChildVisit_Continue: break;
+ case CXChildVisit_Recurse:
+ if (PostChildrenVisitor)
+ WL.push_back(PostChildrenVisit(0, Cursor));
+ EnqueueWorkList(WL, S);
+ break;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::MemberExprPartsKind: {
+ // Handle the other pieces in the MemberExpr besides the base.
+ MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExprParts>(&LI)->get();
+
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = M->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the declaration name.
+ if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(M->getMemberNameInfo()))
+ return true;
+
+ // Visit the explicitly-specified template arguments, if any.
+ if (M->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
+ for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = M->getTemplateArgs(),
+ *ArgEnd = Arg + M->getNumTemplateArgs();
+ Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
+ if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::DeclRefExprPartsKind: {
+ DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExprParts>(&LI)->get();
+ // Visit nested-name-specifier, if present.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DR->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+ // Visit declaration name.
+ if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DR->getNameInfo()))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::OverloadExprPartsKind: {
+ OverloadExpr *O = cast<OverloadExprParts>(&LI)->get();
+ // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
+ if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = O->getQualifierLoc())
+ if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
+ return true;
+ // Visit the declaration name.
+ if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(O->getNameInfo()))
+ return true;
+ // Visit the overloaded declaration reference.
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(O, TU)))
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ case VisitorJob::SizeOfPackExprPartsKind: {
+ SizeOfPackExpr *E = cast<SizeOfPackExprParts>(&LI)->get();
+ NamedDecl *Pack = E->getPack();
+ if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack)) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack),
+ E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack)) {
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack),
+ E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
+ return true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Non-type template parameter packs and function parameter packs are
+ // treated like DeclRefExpr cursors.
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case VisitorJob::LambdaExprPartsKind: {
+ // Visit captures.
+ LambdaExpr *E = cast<LambdaExprParts>(&LI)->get();
+ for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = E->explicit_capture_begin(),
+ CEnd = E->explicit_capture_end();
+ C != CEnd; ++C) {
+ if (C->capturesThis())
+ continue;
+
+ if (Visit(MakeCursorVariableRef(C->getCapturedVar(),
+ C->getLocation(),
+ TU)))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Visit parameters and return type, if present.
+ if (E->hasExplicitParameters() || E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
+ TypeLoc TL = E->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
+ if (E->hasExplicitParameters() && E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
+ // Visit the whole type.
+ if (Visit(TL))
+ return true;
+ } else if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL)) {
+ FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL);
+ if (E->hasExplicitParameters()) {
+ // Visit parameters.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
+ if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Proto.getArg(I), TU)))
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ // Visit result type.
+ if (Visit(Proto.getResultLoc()))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case VisitorJob::PostChildrenVisitKind:
+ if (PostChildrenVisitor(Parent, ClientData))
+ return true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool CursorVisitor::Visit(Stmt *S) {
+ VisitorWorkList *WL = 0;
+ if (!WorkListFreeList.empty()) {
+ WL = WorkListFreeList.back();
+ WL->clear();
+ WorkListFreeList.pop_back();
+ }
+ else {
+ WL = new VisitorWorkList();
+ WorkListCache.push_back(WL);
+ }
+ EnqueueWorkList(*WL, S);
+ bool result = RunVisitorWorkList(*WL);
+ WorkListFreeList.push_back(WL);
+ return result;
+}
+
+namespace {
+typedef llvm::SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> RefNamePieces;
+RefNamePieces buildPieces(unsigned NameFlags, bool IsMemberRefExpr,
+ const DeclarationNameInfo &NI,
+ const SourceRange &QLoc,
+ const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0){
+ const bool WantQualifier = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantQualifier;
+ const bool WantTemplateArgs = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs;
+ const bool WantSinglePiece = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece;
+
+ const DeclarationName::NameKind Kind = NI.getName().getNameKind();
+
+ RefNamePieces Pieces;
+
+ if (WantQualifier && QLoc.isValid())
+ Pieces.push_back(QLoc);
+
+ if (Kind != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || IsMemberRefExpr)
+ Pieces.push_back(NI.getLoc());
+
+ if (WantTemplateArgs && TemplateArgs)
+ Pieces.push_back(SourceRange(TemplateArgs->LAngleLoc,
+ TemplateArgs->RAngleLoc));
+
+ if (Kind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) {
+ Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
+ NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc));
+ Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
+ NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc));
+ }
+
+ if (WantSinglePiece) {
+ SourceRange R(Pieces.front().getBegin(), Pieces.back().getEnd());
+ Pieces.clear();
+ Pieces.push_back(R);
+ }
+
+ return Pieces;
+}
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Misc. API hooks.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+static llvm::sys::Mutex EnableMultithreadingMutex;
+static bool EnabledMultithreading;
+
+static void fatal_error_handler(void *user_data, const std::string& reason) {
+ // Write the result out to stderr avoiding errs() because raw_ostreams can
+ // call report_fatal_error.
+ fprintf(stderr, "LIBCLANG FATAL ERROR: %s\n", reason.c_str());
+ ::abort();
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
+ int displayDiagnostics) {
+ // Disable pretty stack trace functionality, which will otherwise be a very
+ // poor citizen of the world and set up all sorts of signal handlers.
+ llvm::DisablePrettyStackTrace = true;
+
+ // We use crash recovery to make some of our APIs more reliable, implicitly
+ // enable it.
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
+
+ // Enable support for multithreading in LLVM.
+ {
+ llvm::sys::ScopedLock L(EnableMultithreadingMutex);
+ if (!EnabledMultithreading) {
+ llvm::install_fatal_error_handler(fatal_error_handler, 0);
+ llvm::llvm_start_multithreaded();
+ EnabledMultithreading = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CIndexer *CIdxr = new CIndexer();
+ if (excludeDeclarationsFromPCH)
+ CIdxr->setOnlyLocalDecls();
+ if (displayDiagnostics)
+ CIdxr->setDisplayDiagnostics();
+
+ if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_INDEX"))
+ CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
+ CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
+ if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_EDIT"))
+ CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
+ CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing);
+
+ return CIdxr;
+}
+
+void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex CIdx) {
+ if (CIdx)
+ delete static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
+}
+
+void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx, unsigned options) {
+ if (CIdx)
+ static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setCXGlobalOptFlags(options);
+}
+
+unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx) {
+ if (CIdx)
+ return static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->getCXGlobalOptFlags();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled) {
+ if (isEnabled)
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
+ else
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Disable();
+}
+
+CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
+ const char *ast_filename) {
+ if (!CIdx)
+ return 0;
+
+ CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
+ FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
+
+ IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags;
+ ASTUnit *TU = ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(ast_filename, Diags, FileSystemOpts,
+ CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
+ 0, 0,
+ /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
+ /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
+ /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true);
+ return MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, TU);
+}
+
+unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions() {
+ return CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble |
+ CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
+}
+
+CXTranslationUnit
+clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(CXIndex CIdx,
+ const char *source_filename,
+ int num_command_line_args,
+ const char * const *command_line_args,
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files) {
+ unsigned Options = CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord;
+ return clang_parseTranslationUnit(CIdx, source_filename,
+ command_line_args, num_command_line_args,
+ unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files,
+ Options);
+}
+
+struct ParseTranslationUnitInfo {
+ CXIndex CIdx;
+ const char *source_filename;
+ const char *const *command_line_args;
+ int num_command_line_args;
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files;
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files;
+ unsigned options;
+ CXTranslationUnit result;
+};
+static void clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
+ ParseTranslationUnitInfo *PTUI =
+ static_cast<ParseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
+ CXIndex CIdx = PTUI->CIdx;
+ const char *source_filename = PTUI->source_filename;
+ const char * const *command_line_args = PTUI->command_line_args;
+ int num_command_line_args = PTUI->num_command_line_args;
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = PTUI->unsaved_files;
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files = PTUI->num_unsaved_files;
+ unsigned options = PTUI->options;
+ PTUI->result = 0;
+
+ if (!CIdx)
+ return;
+
+ CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
+
+ if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
+ setThreadBackgroundPriority();
+
+ bool PrecompilePreamble = options & CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble;
+ // FIXME: Add a flag for modules.
+ TranslationUnitKind TUKind
+ = (options & CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete)? TU_Prefix : TU_Complete;
+ bool CacheCodeCompetionResults
+ = options & CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
+ bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion
+ = options & CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion;
+ bool SkipFunctionBodies = options & CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies;
+ bool ForSerialization = options & CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization;
+
+ // Configure the diagnostics.
+ IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>
+ Diags(CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions,
+ num_command_line_args,
+ command_line_args));
+
+ // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<DiagnosticsEngine,
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<DiagnosticsEngine> >
+ DiagCleanup(Diags.getPtr());
+
+ OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> >
+ RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
+
+ // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
+ std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) {
+ StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length);
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
+ = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename);
+ RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename,
+ Buffer));
+ }
+
+ OwningPtr<std::vector<const char *> >
+ Args(new std::vector<const char*>());
+
+ // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<const char*> >
+ ArgsCleanup(Args.get());
+
+ // Since the Clang C library is primarily used by batch tools dealing with
+ // (often very broken) source code, where spell-checking can have a
+ // significant negative impact on performance (particularly when
+ // precompiled headers are involved), we disable it by default.
+ // Only do this if we haven't found a spell-checking-related argument.
+ bool FoundSpellCheckingArgument = false;
+ for (int I = 0; I != num_command_line_args; ++I) {
+ if (strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fno-spell-checking") == 0 ||
+ strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fspell-checking") == 0) {
+ FoundSpellCheckingArgument = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!FoundSpellCheckingArgument)
+ Args->push_back("-fno-spell-checking");
+
+ Args->insert(Args->end(), command_line_args,
+ command_line_args + num_command_line_args);
+
+ // The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller does not
+ // specify it then it is assumed that the source file is specified
+ // in the actual argument list.
+ // Put the source file after command_line_args otherwise if '-x' flag is
+ // present it will be unused.
+ if (source_filename)
+ Args->push_back(source_filename);
+
+ // Do we need the detailed preprocessing record?
+ if (options & CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord) {
+ Args->push_back("-Xclang");
+ Args->push_back("-detailed-preprocessing-record");
+ }
+
+ unsigned NumErrors = Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors();
+ OwningPtr<ASTUnit> ErrUnit;
+ OwningPtr<ASTUnit> Unit(
+ ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(Args->size() ? &(*Args)[0] : 0
+ /* vector::data() not portable */,
+ Args->size() ? (&(*Args)[0] + Args->size()) :0,
+ Diags,
+ CXXIdx->getClangResourcesPath(),
+ CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
+ /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
+ RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0]:0,
+ RemappedFiles->size(),
+ /*RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName=*/true,
+ PrecompilePreamble,
+ TUKind,
+ CacheCodeCompetionResults,
+ IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion,
+ /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
+ SkipFunctionBodies,
+ /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true,
+ ForSerialization,
+ &ErrUnit));
+
+ if (NumErrors != Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors()) {
+ // Make sure to check that 'Unit' is non-NULL.
+ if (CXXIdx->getDisplayDiagnostics())
+ printDiagsToStderr(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get());
+ }
+
+ PTUI->result = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, Unit.take());
+}
+CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
+ const char *source_filename,
+ const char * const *command_line_args,
+ int num_command_line_args,
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+ unsigned options) {
+ ParseTranslationUnitInfo PTUI = { CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args,
+ num_command_line_args, unsaved_files,
+ num_unsaved_files, options, 0 };
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
+
+ if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl, &PTUI)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during parsing: {\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " 'source_filename' : '%s'\n", source_filename);
+ fprintf(stderr, " 'command_line_args' : [");
+ for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) {
+ if (i)
+ fprintf(stderr, ", ");
+ fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", command_line_args[i]);
+ }
+ fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " 'unsaved_files' : [");
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != num_unsaved_files; ++i) {
+ if (i)
+ fprintf(stderr, ", ");
+ fprintf(stderr, "('%s', '...', %ld)", unsaved_files[i].Filename,
+ unsaved_files[i].Length);
+ }
+ fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
+ fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
+
+ return 0;
+ } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
+ PrintLibclangResourceUsage(PTUI.result);
+ }
+
+ return PTUI.result;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
+ return CXSaveTranslationUnit_None;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+struct SaveTranslationUnitInfo {
+ CXTranslationUnit TU;
+ const char *FileName;
+ unsigned options;
+ CXSaveError result;
+};
+
+}
+
+static void clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
+ SaveTranslationUnitInfo *STUI =
+ static_cast<SaveTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
+
+ CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)STUI->TU->CIdx;
+ if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
+ setThreadBackgroundPriority();
+
+ bool hadError = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(STUI->TU->TUData)->Save(STUI->FileName);
+ STUI->result = hadError ? CXSaveError_Unknown : CXSaveError_None;
+}
+
+int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName,
+ unsigned options) {
+ if (!TU)
+ return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
+ if (!CXXUnit->hasSema())
+ return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
+
+ SaveTranslationUnitInfo STUI = { TU, FileName, options, CXSaveError_None };
+
+ if (!CXXUnit->getDiagnostics().hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() ||
+ getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) {
+ clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(&STUI);
+
+ if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
+ PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
+
+ return STUI.result;
+ }
+
+ // We have an AST that has invalid nodes due to compiler errors.
+ // Use a crash recovery thread for protection.
+
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
+
+ if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl, &STUI)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during AST saving: {\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " 'filename' : '%s'\n", FileName);
+ fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
+ fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
+
+ return CXSaveError_Unknown;
+
+ } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
+ PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
+ }
+
+ return STUI.result;
+}
+
+void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
+ if (CTUnit) {
+ // If the translation unit has been marked as unsafe to free, just discard
+ // it.
+ if (static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData)->isUnsafeToFree())
+ return;
+
+ delete static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData);
+ disposeCXStringPool(CTUnit->StringPool);
+ delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(CTUnit->Diagnostics);
+ disposeOverridenCXCursorsPool(CTUnit->OverridenCursorsPool);
+ delete CTUnit;
+ }
+}
+
+unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
+ return CXReparse_None;
+}
+
+struct ReparseTranslationUnitInfo {
+ CXTranslationUnit TU;
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files;
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files;
+ unsigned options;
+ int result;
+};
+
+static void clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
+ ReparseTranslationUnitInfo *RTUI =
+ static_cast<ReparseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
+ CXTranslationUnit TU = RTUI->TU;
+
+ // Reset the associated diagnostics.
+ delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl*>(TU->Diagnostics);
+ TU->Diagnostics = 0;
+
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files = RTUI->num_unsaved_files;
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = RTUI->unsaved_files;
+ unsigned options = RTUI->options;
+ (void) options;
+ RTUI->result = 1;
+
+ if (!TU)
+ return;
+
+ CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx;
+ if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
+ setThreadBackgroundPriority();
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
+
+ OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> >
+ RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
+
+ // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
+ std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) {
+ StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length);
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
+ = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename);
+ RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename,
+ Buffer));
+ }
+
+ if (!CXXUnit->Reparse(RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0] : 0,
+ RemappedFiles->size()))
+ RTUI->result = 0;
+}
+
+int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+ unsigned num_unsaved_files,
+ struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
+ unsigned options) {
+ ReparseTranslationUnitInfo RTUI = { TU, num_unsaved_files, unsaved_files,
+ options, 0 };
+
+ if (getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) {
+ clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(&RTUI);
+ return RTUI.result;
+ }
+
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
+
+ if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl, &RTUI)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during reparsing\n");
+ static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData)->setUnsafeToFree(true);
+ return 1;
+ } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
+ PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
+
+ return RTUI.result;
+}
+
+
+CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
+ if (!CTUnit)
+ return createCXString("");
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData);
+ return createCXString(CXXUnit->getOriginalSourceFileName(), true);
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData);
+ return MakeCXCursor(CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), TU);
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// CXFile Operations.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+extern "C" {
+CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile) {
+ if (!SFile)
+ return createCXString((const char*)NULL);
+
+ FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
+ return createCXString(FEnt->getName());
+}
+
+time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile) {
+ if (!SFile)
+ return 0;
+
+ FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
+ return FEnt->getModificationTime();
+}
+
+CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu, const char *file_name) {
+ if (!tu)
+ return 0;
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData);
+
+ FileManager &FMgr = CXXUnit->getFileManager();
+ return const_cast<FileEntry *>(FMgr.getFile(file_name));
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file) {
+ if (!tu || !file)
+ return 0;
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData);
+ FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file);
+ return CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo()
+ .isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FEnt);
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// CXCursor Operations.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+static Decl *getDeclFromExpr(Stmt *E) {
+ if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
+ return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
+
+ if (DeclRefExpr *RefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
+ return RefExpr->getDecl();
+ if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
+ return ME->getMemberDecl();
+ if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
+ return RE->getDecl();
+ if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) {
+ if (PRE->isExplicitProperty())
+ return PRE->getExplicitProperty();
+ // It could be messaging both getter and setter as in:
+ // ++myobj.myprop;
+ // in which case prefer to associate the setter since it is less obvious
+ // from inspecting the source that the setter is going to get called.
+ if (PRE->isMessagingSetter())
+ return PRE->getImplicitPropertySetter();
+ return PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
+ }
+ if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
+ return getDeclFromExpr(POE->getSyntacticForm());
+ if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
+ if (Expr *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr())
+ return getDeclFromExpr(Src);
+
+ if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
+ return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getCallee());
+ if (CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E))
+ if (!CE->isElidable())
+ return CE->getConstructor();
+ if (ObjCMessageExpr *OME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
+ return OME->getMethodDecl();
+
+ if (ObjCProtocolExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(E))
+ return PE->getProtocol();
+ if (SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *NTTP
+ = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr>(E))
+ return NTTP->getParameterPack();
+ if (SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
+ if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()) ||
+ isa<ParmVarDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()))
+ return SizeOfPack->getPack();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static SourceLocation getLocationFromExpr(Expr *E) {
+ if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
+ return getLocationFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
+
+ if (ObjCMessageExpr *Msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
+ return /*FIXME:*/Msg->getLeftLoc();
+ if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
+ return DRE->getLocation();
+ if (MemberExpr *Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
+ return Member->getMemberLoc();
+ if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
+ return Ivar->getLocation();
+ if (SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
+ return SizeOfPack->getPackLoc();
+ if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E))
+ return PropRef->getLocation();
+
+ return E->getLocStart();
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
+ CXCursorVisitor visitor,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ CursorVisitor CursorVis(getCursorTU(parent), visitor, client_data,
+ /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/false);
+ return CursorVis.VisitChildren(parent);
+}
+
+#ifndef __has_feature
+#define __has_feature(x) 0
+#endif
+#if __has_feature(blocks)
+typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
+ (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
+
+static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
+ return block(cursor, parent);
+}
+#else
+// If we are compiled with a compiler that doesn't have native blocks support,
+// define and call the block manually, so the
+typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult
+{
+ void *isa;
+ int flags;
+ int reserved;
+ enum CXChildVisitResult(*invoke)(struct _CXChildVisitResult*, CXCursor,
+ CXCursor);
+} *CXCursorVisitorBlock;
+
+static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
+ return block->invoke(block, cursor, parent);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
+ CXCursorVisitorBlock block) {
+ return clang_visitChildren(parent, visitWithBlock, block);
+}
+
+static CXString getDeclSpelling(Decl *D) {
+ if (!D)
+ return createCXString("");
+
+ NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D);
+ if (!ND) {
+ if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
+ if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
+ return createCXString(Property->getIdentifier()->getName());
+
+ if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D))
+ if (Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule())
+ return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName());
+
+ return createCXString("");
+ }
+
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
+ return createCXString(OMD->getSelector().getAsString());
+
+ if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CIMP = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ND))
+ // No, this isn't the same as the code below. getIdentifier() is non-virtual
+ // and returns different names. NamedDecl returns the class name and
+ // ObjCCategoryImplDecl returns the category name.
+ return createCXString(CIMP->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
+
+ if (isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D))
+ return createCXString("");
+
+ SmallString<1024> S;
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(S);
+ ND->printName(os);
+
+ return createCXString(os.str());
+}
+
+CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor C) {
+ if (clang_isTranslationUnit(C.kind))
+ return clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(
+ static_cast<CXTranslationUnit>(C.data[2]));
+
+ if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
+ switch (C.kind) {
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first;
+ return createCXString(Super->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
+ }
+ case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
+ return createCXString(Class->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
+ }
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
+ ObjCProtocolDecl *OID = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
+ assert(OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl");
+ return createCXString(OID->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
+ }
+ case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
+ CXXBaseSpecifier *B = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
+ return createCXString(B->getType().getAsString());
+ }
+ case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
+ TypeDecl *Type = getCursorTypeRef(C).first;
+ assert(Type && "Missing type decl");
+
+ return createCXString(getCursorContext(C).getTypeDeclType(Type).
+ getAsString());
+ }
+ case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
+ TemplateDecl *Template = getCursorTemplateRef(C).first;
+ assert(Template && "Missing template decl");
+
+ return createCXString(Template->getNameAsString());
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
+ NamedDecl *NS = getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first;
+ assert(NS && "Missing namespace decl");
+
+ return createCXString(NS->getNameAsString());
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
+ FieldDecl *Field = getCursorMemberRef(C).first;
+ assert(Field && "Missing member decl");
+
+ return createCXString(Field->getNameAsString());
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
+ LabelStmt *Label = getCursorLabelRef(C).first;
+ assert(Label && "Missing label");
+
+ return createCXString(Label->getName());
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: {
+ OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
+ if (Decl *D = Storage.dyn_cast<Decl *>()) {
+ if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
+ return createCXString(ND->getNameAsString());
+ return createCXString("");
+ }
+ if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
+ return createCXString(E->getName().getAsString());
+ OverloadedTemplateStorage *Ovl
+ = Storage.get<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>();
+ if (Ovl->size() == 0)
+ return createCXString("");
+ return createCXString((*Ovl->begin())->getNameAsString());
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
+ VarDecl *Var = getCursorVariableRef(C).first;
+ assert(Var && "Missing variable decl");
+
+ return createCXString(Var->getNameAsString());
+ }
+
+ default:
+ return createCXString("<not implemented>");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
+ Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C));
+ if (D)
+ return getDeclSpelling(D);
+ return createCXString("");
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
+ Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
+ if (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S))
+ return createCXString(Label->getName());
+
+ return createCXString("");
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
+ return createCXString(getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getName()
+ ->getNameStart());
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition)
+ return createCXString(getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getName()
+ ->getNameStart());
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
+ return createCXString(getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getFileName());
+
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return getDeclSpelling(getCursorDecl(C));
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_AnnotateAttr) {
+ AnnotateAttr *AA = cast<AnnotateAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
+ return createCXString(AA->getAnnotation());
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr) {
+ AsmLabelAttr *AA = cast<AsmLabelAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
+ return createCXString(AA->getLabel());
+ }
+
+ return createCXString("");
+}
+
+CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor C,
+ unsigned pieceIndex,
+ unsigned options) {
+ if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C))
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+
+ ASTContext &Ctx = getCursorContext(C);
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
+ Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
+ if (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) {
+ if (pieceIndex > 0)
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Label->getIdentLoc());
+ }
+
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr) {
+ if (ObjCMessageExpr *
+ ME = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
+ if (pieceIndex >= ME->getNumSelectorLocs())
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, ME->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
+ C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *
+ MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
+ if (pieceIndex >= MD->getNumSelectorLocs())
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, MD->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl ||
+ C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl) {
+ if (pieceIndex > 0)
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ if (ObjCCategoryDecl *
+ CD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CD->getCategoryNameLoc());
+ if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *
+ CID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CID->getCategoryNameLoc());
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
+ if (pieceIndex > 0)
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
+ ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs = ImportD->getIdentifierLocs();
+ if (!Locs.empty())
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx,
+ SourceRange(Locs.front(), Locs.back()));
+ }
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: A CXCursor_InclusionDirective should give the location of the
+ // filename, but we don't keep track of this.
+
+ // FIXME: A CXCursor_AnnotateAttr should give the location of the annotation
+ // but we don't keep track of this.
+
+ // FIXME: A CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr should give the location of the label
+ // but we don't keep track of this.
+
+ // Default handling, give the location of the cursor.
+
+ if (pieceIndex > 0)
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+
+ CXSourceLocation CXLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(C);
+ SourceLocation Loc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXLoc);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Loc);
+}
+
+CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
+
+ Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (!D)
+ return createCXString("");
+
+ PrintingPolicy Policy = getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy();
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
+ D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
+
+ if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
+ SmallString<64> Str;
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
+ OS << *Function;
+ if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
+ OS << "<>";
+ OS << "(";
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (I)
+ OS << ", ";
+ OS << Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType().getAsString(Policy);
+ }
+
+ if (Function->isVariadic()) {
+ if (Function->getNumParams())
+ OS << ", ";
+ OS << "...";
+ }
+ OS << ")";
+ return createCXString(OS.str());
+ }
+
+ if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) {
+ SmallString<64> Str;
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
+ OS << *ClassTemplate;
+ OS << "<";
+ TemplateParameterList *Params = ClassTemplate->getTemplateParameters();
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Params->size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (I)
+ OS << ", ";
+
+ NamedDecl *Param = Params->getParam(I);
+ if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
+ OS << Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // There is no parameter name, which makes this tricky. Try to come up
+ // with something useful that isn't too long.
+ if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
+ OS << (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()? "typename" : "class");
+ else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
+ = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
+ OS << NTTP->getType().getAsString(Policy);
+ else
+ OS << "template<...> class";
+ }
+
+ OS << ">";
+ return createCXString(OS.str());
+ }
+
+ if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassSpec
+ = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
+ // If the type was explicitly written, use that.
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ClassSpec->getTypeAsWritten())
+ return createCXString(TSInfo->getType().getAsString(Policy));
+
+ SmallString<64> Str;
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
+ OS << *ClassSpec;
+ OS << TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
+ ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().data(),
+ ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().size(),
+ Policy);
+ return createCXString(OS.str());
+ }
+
+ return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
+}
+
+CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind) {
+ switch (Kind) {
+ case CXCursor_FunctionDecl:
+ return createCXString("FunctionDecl");
+ case CXCursor_TypedefDecl:
+ return createCXString("TypedefDecl");
+ case CXCursor_EnumDecl:
+ return createCXString("EnumDecl");
+ case CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl:
+ return createCXString("EnumConstantDecl");
+ case CXCursor_StructDecl:
+ return createCXString("StructDecl");
+ case CXCursor_UnionDecl:
+ return createCXString("UnionDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ClassDecl:
+ return createCXString("ClassDecl");
+ case CXCursor_FieldDecl:
+ return createCXString("FieldDecl");
+ case CXCursor_VarDecl:
+ return createCXString("VarDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ParmDecl:
+ return createCXString("ParmDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCInterfaceDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCCategoryDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCProtocolDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCPropertyDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCIvarDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCInstanceMethodDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCClassMethodDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCImplementationDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCCategoryImplDecl");
+ case CXCursor_CXXMethod:
+ return createCXString("CXXMethod");
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
+ return createCXString("UnexposedDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
+ return createCXString("ObjCSuperClassRef");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
+ return createCXString("ObjCProtocolRef");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
+ return createCXString("ObjCClassRef");
+ case CXCursor_TypeRef:
+ return createCXString("TypeRef");
+ case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
+ return createCXString("TemplateRef");
+ case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
+ return createCXString("NamespaceRef");
+ case CXCursor_MemberRef:
+ return createCXString("MemberRef");
+ case CXCursor_LabelRef:
+ return createCXString("LabelRef");
+ case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
+ return createCXString("OverloadedDeclRef");
+ case CXCursor_VariableRef:
+ return createCXString("VariableRef");
+ case CXCursor_IntegerLiteral:
+ return createCXString("IntegerLiteral");
+ case CXCursor_FloatingLiteral:
+ return createCXString("FloatingLiteral");
+ case CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral:
+ return createCXString("ImaginaryLiteral");
+ case CXCursor_StringLiteral:
+ return createCXString("StringLiteral");
+ case CXCursor_CharacterLiteral:
+ return createCXString("CharacterLiteral");
+ case CXCursor_ParenExpr:
+ return createCXString("ParenExpr");
+ case CXCursor_UnaryOperator:
+ return createCXString("UnaryOperator");
+ case CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr:
+ return createCXString("ArraySubscriptExpr");
+ case CXCursor_BinaryOperator:
+ return createCXString("BinaryOperator");
+ case CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator:
+ return createCXString("CompoundAssignOperator");
+ case CXCursor_ConditionalOperator:
+ return createCXString("ConditionalOperator");
+ case CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("CStyleCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr:
+ return createCXString("CompoundLiteralExpr");
+ case CXCursor_InitListExpr:
+ return createCXString("InitListExpr");
+ case CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr:
+ return createCXString("AddrLabelExpr");
+ case CXCursor_StmtExpr:
+ return createCXString("StmtExpr");
+ case CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr:
+ return createCXString("GenericSelectionExpr");
+ case CXCursor_GNUNullExpr:
+ return createCXString("GNUNullExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXStaticCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXDynamicCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXReinterpretCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXConstCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXFunctionalCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXTypeidExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXBoolLiteralExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXThisExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXThisExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXThrowExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXNewExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXNewExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr:
+ return createCXString("CXXDeleteExpr");
+ case CXCursor_UnaryExpr:
+ return createCXString("UnaryExpr");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral:
+ return createCXString("ObjCStringLiteral");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr:
+ return createCXString("ObjCBoolLiteralExpr");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr:
+ return createCXString("ObjCEncodeExpr");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr:
+ return createCXString("ObjCSelectorExpr");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr:
+ return createCXString("ObjCProtocolExpr");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr:
+ return createCXString("ObjCBridgedCastExpr");
+ case CXCursor_BlockExpr:
+ return createCXString("BlockExpr");
+ case CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr:
+ return createCXString("PackExpansionExpr");
+ case CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr:
+ return createCXString("SizeOfPackExpr");
+ case CXCursor_LambdaExpr:
+ return createCXString("LambdaExpr");
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
+ return createCXString("UnexposedExpr");
+ case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
+ return createCXString("DeclRefExpr");
+ case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
+ return createCXString("MemberRefExpr");
+ case CXCursor_CallExpr:
+ return createCXString("CallExpr");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr:
+ return createCXString("ObjCMessageExpr");
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
+ return createCXString("UnexposedStmt");
+ case CXCursor_DeclStmt:
+ return createCXString("DeclStmt");
+ case CXCursor_LabelStmt:
+ return createCXString("LabelStmt");
+ case CXCursor_CompoundStmt:
+ return createCXString("CompoundStmt");
+ case CXCursor_CaseStmt:
+ return createCXString("CaseStmt");
+ case CXCursor_DefaultStmt:
+ return createCXString("DefaultStmt");
+ case CXCursor_IfStmt:
+ return createCXString("IfStmt");
+ case CXCursor_SwitchStmt:
+ return createCXString("SwitchStmt");
+ case CXCursor_WhileStmt:
+ return createCXString("WhileStmt");
+ case CXCursor_DoStmt:
+ return createCXString("DoStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ForStmt:
+ return createCXString("ForStmt");
+ case CXCursor_GotoStmt:
+ return createCXString("GotoStmt");
+ case CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt:
+ return createCXString("IndirectGotoStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ContinueStmt:
+ return createCXString("ContinueStmt");
+ case CXCursor_BreakStmt:
+ return createCXString("BreakStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ReturnStmt:
+ return createCXString("ReturnStmt");
+ case CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt:
+ return createCXString("GCCAsmStmt");
+ case CXCursor_MSAsmStmt:
+ return createCXString("MSAsmStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCAtTryStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCAtCatchStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCAtFinallyStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCAtThrowStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt:
+ return createCXString("ObjCForCollectionStmt");
+ case CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt:
+ return createCXString("CXXCatchStmt");
+ case CXCursor_CXXTryStmt:
+ return createCXString("CXXTryStmt");
+ case CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt:
+ return createCXString("CXXForRangeStmt");
+ case CXCursor_SEHTryStmt:
+ return createCXString("SEHTryStmt");
+ case CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt:
+ return createCXString("SEHExceptStmt");
+ case CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt:
+ return createCXString("SEHFinallyStmt");
+ case CXCursor_NullStmt:
+ return createCXString("NullStmt");
+ case CXCursor_InvalidFile:
+ return createCXString("InvalidFile");
+ case CXCursor_InvalidCode:
+ return createCXString("InvalidCode");
+ case CXCursor_NoDeclFound:
+ return createCXString("NoDeclFound");
+ case CXCursor_NotImplemented:
+ return createCXString("NotImplemented");
+ case CXCursor_TranslationUnit:
+ return createCXString("TranslationUnit");
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
+ return createCXString("UnexposedAttr");
+ case CXCursor_IBActionAttr:
+ return createCXString("attribute(ibaction)");
+ case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr:
+ return createCXString("attribute(iboutlet)");
+ case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr:
+ return createCXString("attribute(iboutletcollection)");
+ case CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr:
+ return createCXString("attribute(final)");
+ case CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr:
+ return createCXString("attribute(override)");
+ case CXCursor_AnnotateAttr:
+ return createCXString("attribute(annotate)");
+ case CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr:
+ return createCXString("asm label");
+ case CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective:
+ return createCXString("preprocessing directive");
+ case CXCursor_MacroDefinition:
+ return createCXString("macro definition");
+ case CXCursor_MacroExpansion:
+ return createCXString("macro expansion");
+ case CXCursor_InclusionDirective:
+ return createCXString("inclusion directive");
+ case CXCursor_Namespace:
+ return createCXString("Namespace");
+ case CXCursor_LinkageSpec:
+ return createCXString("LinkageSpec");
+ case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
+ return createCXString("C++ base class specifier");
+ case CXCursor_Constructor:
+ return createCXString("CXXConstructor");
+ case CXCursor_Destructor:
+ return createCXString("CXXDestructor");
+ case CXCursor_ConversionFunction:
+ return createCXString("CXXConversion");
+ case CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter:
+ return createCXString("TemplateTypeParameter");
+ case CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter:
+ return createCXString("NonTypeTemplateParameter");
+ case CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter:
+ return createCXString("TemplateTemplateParameter");
+ case CXCursor_FunctionTemplate:
+ return createCXString("FunctionTemplate");
+ case CXCursor_ClassTemplate:
+ return createCXString("ClassTemplate");
+ case CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
+ return createCXString("ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization");
+ case CXCursor_NamespaceAlias:
+ return createCXString("NamespaceAlias");
+ case CXCursor_UsingDirective:
+ return createCXString("UsingDirective");
+ case CXCursor_UsingDeclaration:
+ return createCXString("UsingDeclaration");
+ case CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl:
+ return createCXString("TypeAliasDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCSynthesizeDecl");
+ case CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl:
+ return createCXString("ObjCDynamicDecl");
+ case CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier:
+ return createCXString("CXXAccessSpecifier");
+ case CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl:
+ return createCXString("ModuleImport");
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CXCursorKind");
+}
+
+struct GetCursorData {
+ SourceLocation TokenBeginLoc;
+ bool PointsAtMacroArgExpansion;
+ bool VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl;
+ SourceLocation VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc;
+ CXCursor &BestCursor;
+
+ GetCursorData(SourceManager &SM,
+ SourceLocation tokenBegin, CXCursor &outputCursor)
+ : TokenBeginLoc(tokenBegin), BestCursor(outputCursor) {
+ PointsAtMacroArgExpansion = SM.isMacroArgExpansion(tokenBegin);
+ VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = false;
+ }
+};
+
+static enum CXChildVisitResult GetCursorVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
+ CXCursor parent,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ GetCursorData *Data = static_cast<GetCursorData *>(client_data);
+ CXCursor *BestCursor = &Data->BestCursor;
+
+ // If we point inside a macro argument we should provide info of what the
+ // token is so use the actual cursor, don't replace it with a macro expansion
+ // cursor.
+ if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion && Data->PointsAtMacroArgExpansion)
+ return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
+
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
+ // Avoid having the implicit methods override the property decls.
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
+ if (MD->isImplicit())
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+
+ } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
+ // Check that when we have multiple @class references in the same line,
+ // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
+ // If we have:
+ // @class Foo, Bar;
+ // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
+ // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
+ if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl ||
+ BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassRef)
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevID
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(*BestCursor))){
+ if (PrevID != ID &&
+ !PrevID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+ !ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+ }
+
+ } else if (DeclaratorDecl *DD
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
+ SourceLocation StartLoc = DD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
+ // Check that when we have multiple declarators in the same line,
+ // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
+ // If we have:
+ // int Foo, Bar;
+ // source ranges for both start at 'int', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
+ // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
+ if (Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc == StartLoc)
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+ Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc = StartLoc;
+
+ } else if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImp
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
+ (void)PropImp;
+ // Check that when we have multiple @synthesize in the same line,
+ // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
+ // If we have:
+ // @synthesize Foo, Bar;
+ // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
+ // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
+ if (Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl)
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+ Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isExpression(cursor.kind) &&
+ clang_isDeclaration(BestCursor->kind)) {
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(*BestCursor)) {
+ // Avoid having the cursor of an expression replace the declaration cursor
+ // when the expression source range overlaps the declaration range.
+ // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
+ // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
+ // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure pointing at 'foo' returns a VarDecl cursor.
+ if (D->getLocation().isValid() && Data->TokenBeginLoc.isValid() &&
+ D->getLocation() == Data->TokenBeginLoc)
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If our current best cursor is the construction of a temporary object,
+ // don't replace that cursor with a type reference, because we want
+ // clang_getCursor() to point at the constructor.
+ if (clang_isExpression(BestCursor->kind) &&
+ isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(getCursorExpr(*BestCursor)) &&
+ cursor.kind == CXCursor_TypeRef) {
+ // Keep the cursor pointing at CXXTemporaryObjectExpr but also mark it
+ // as having the actual point on the type reference.
+ *BestCursor = getTypeRefedCallExprCursor(*BestCursor);
+ return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
+ }
+
+ *BestCursor = cursor;
+ return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Loc) {
+ if (!TU)
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
+
+ SourceLocation SLoc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Loc);
+ CXCursor Result = cxcursor::getCursor(TU, SLoc);
+
+ bool Logging = getenv("LIBCLANG_LOGGING");
+ if (Logging) {
+ CXFile SearchFile;
+ unsigned SearchLine, SearchColumn;
+ CXFile ResultFile;
+ unsigned ResultLine, ResultColumn;
+ CXString SearchFileName, ResultFileName, KindSpelling, USR;
+ const char *IsDef = clang_isCursorDefinition(Result)? " (Definition)" : "";
+ CXSourceLocation ResultLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Result);
+
+ clang_getExpansionLocation(Loc, &SearchFile, &SearchLine, &SearchColumn, 0);
+ clang_getExpansionLocation(ResultLoc, &ResultFile, &ResultLine,
+ &ResultColumn, 0);
+ SearchFileName = clang_getFileName(SearchFile);
+ ResultFileName = clang_getFileName(ResultFile);
+ KindSpelling = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Result.kind);
+ USR = clang_getCursorUSR(Result);
+ fprintf(stderr, "clang_getCursor(%s:%d:%d) = %s(%s:%d:%d):%s%s\n",
+ clang_getCString(SearchFileName), SearchLine, SearchColumn,
+ clang_getCString(KindSpelling),
+ clang_getCString(ResultFileName), ResultLine, ResultColumn,
+ clang_getCString(USR), IsDef);
+ clang_disposeString(SearchFileName);
+ clang_disposeString(ResultFileName);
+ clang_disposeString(KindSpelling);
+ clang_disposeString(USR);
+
+ CXCursor Definition = clang_getCursorDefinition(Result);
+ if (!clang_equalCursors(Definition, clang_getNullCursor())) {
+ CXSourceLocation DefinitionLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Definition);
+ CXString DefinitionKindSpelling
+ = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Definition.kind);
+ CXFile DefinitionFile;
+ unsigned DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn;
+ clang_getExpansionLocation(DefinitionLoc, &DefinitionFile,
+ &DefinitionLine, &DefinitionColumn, 0);
+ CXString DefinitionFileName = clang_getFileName(DefinitionFile);
+ fprintf(stderr, " -> %s(%s:%d:%d)\n",
+ clang_getCString(DefinitionKindSpelling),
+ clang_getCString(DefinitionFileName),
+ DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn);
+ clang_disposeString(DefinitionFileName);
+ clang_disposeString(DefinitionKindSpelling);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void) {
+ return MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_InvalidFile);
+}
+
+unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor X, CXCursor Y) {
+ return X == Y;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor C) {
+ unsigned Index = 0;
+ if (clang_isExpression(C.kind) || clang_isStatement(C.kind))
+ Index = 1;
+
+ return llvm::DenseMapInfo<std::pair<unsigned, void*> >::getHashValue(
+ std::make_pair(C.kind, C.data[Index]));
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K >= CXCursor_FirstInvalid && K <= CXCursor_LastInvalid;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return (K >= CXCursor_FirstDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastDecl) ||
+ (K >= CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastExtraDecl);
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K >= CXCursor_FirstRef && K <= CXCursor_LastRef;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K >= CXCursor_FirstExpr && K <= CXCursor_LastExpr;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K >= CXCursor_FirstStmt && K <= CXCursor_LastStmt;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K >= CXCursor_FirstAttr && K <= CXCursor_LastAttr;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ return K >= CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing && K <= CXCursor_LastPreprocessing;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind K) {
+ switch (K) {
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
+ case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor C) {
+ return C.kind;
+}
+
+CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor C) {
+ if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
+ switch (C.kind) {
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
+ std::pair<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
+ = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
+ std::pair<ObjCProtocolDecl *, SourceLocation> P
+ = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
+ std::pair<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
+ = getCursorObjCClassRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
+ std::pair<TypeDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTypeRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
+ std::pair<TemplateDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTemplateRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
+ std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorNamespaceRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
+ std::pair<FieldDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorMemberRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
+ std::pair<VarDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorVariableRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
+ CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
+ if (!BaseSpec)
+ return clang_getNullLocation();
+
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = BaseSpec->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
+ TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc());
+
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
+ BaseSpec->getLocStart());
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
+ std::pair<LabelStmt *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorLabelRef(C);
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), P.second);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
+ getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second);
+
+ default:
+ // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
+ llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
+ getLocationFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C)));
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
+ getCursorStmt(C)->getLocStart());
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) {
+ SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C).getBegin();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
+ SourceLocation L
+ = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
+ SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getLocation();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
+ SourceLocation L
+ = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
+ }
+
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return clang_getNullLocation();
+
+ Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (!D)
+ return clang_getNullLocation();
+
+ SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation();
+ // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
+ // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
+ // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
+ // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
+ // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
+ if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
+ if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
+ Loc = VD->getLocation();
+ }
+
+ // For ObjC methods, give the start location of the method name.
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
+ Loc = MD->getSelectorStartLoc();
+
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), Loc);
+}
+
+} // end extern "C"
+
+CXCursor cxcursor::getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceLocation SLoc) {
+ assert(TU);
+
+ // Guard against an invalid SourceLocation, or we may assert in one
+ // of the following calls.
+ if (SLoc.isInvalid())
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+
+ // Translate the given source location to make it point at the beginning of
+ // the token under the cursor.
+ SLoc = Lexer::GetBeginningOfToken(SLoc, CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
+ CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
+
+ CXCursor Result = MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_NoDeclFound);
+ if (SLoc.isValid()) {
+ GetCursorData ResultData(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), SLoc, Result);
+ CursorVisitor CursorVis(TU, GetCursorVisitor, &ResultData,
+ /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
+ /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
+ SourceLocation(SLoc));
+ CursorVis.visitFileRegion();
+ }
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
+ if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
+ switch (C.kind) {
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
+ return getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
+ return getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
+ return getCursorObjCClassRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_TypeRef:
+ return getCursorTypeRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
+ return getCursorTemplateRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
+ return getCursorNamespaceRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_MemberRef:
+ return getCursorMemberRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
+ return getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C)->getSourceRange();
+
+ case CXCursor_LabelRef:
+ return getCursorLabelRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
+ return getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second;
+
+ case CXCursor_VariableRef:
+ return getCursorVariableRef(C).second;
+
+ default:
+ // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
+ llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
+ return getCursorExpr(C)->getSourceRange();
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
+ return getCursorStmt(C)->getSourceRange();
+
+ if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind))
+ return getCursorAttr(C)->getRange();
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective)
+ return cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C);
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
+ ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
+ SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getSourceRange();
+ return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
+ ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
+ SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getSourceRange();
+ return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
+ ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
+ SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange();
+ return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) {
+ ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
+ FileID MainID = TU->getSourceManager().getMainFileID();
+ SourceLocation Start = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForStartOfFile(MainID);
+ SourceLocation End = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(MainID);
+ return SourceRange(Start, End);
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (!D)
+ return SourceRange();
+
+ SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
+ // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
+ // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
+ // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
+ // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
+ // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
+ if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
+ if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
+ R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
+ }
+ return R;
+ }
+ return SourceRange();
+}
+
+/// \brief Retrieves the "raw" cursor extent, which is then extended to include
+/// the decl-specifier-seq for declarations.
+static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr) {
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (!D)
+ return SourceRange();
+
+ SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
+
+ // Adjust the start of the location for declarations preceded by
+ // declaration specifiers.
+ SourceLocation StartLoc;
+ if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
+ } else if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
+ }
+
+ if (StartLoc.isValid() && R.getBegin().isValid() &&
+ SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, R.getBegin()))
+ R.setBegin(StartLoc);
+
+ // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
+ // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
+ // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
+ // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
+ // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
+ if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
+ if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
+ R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
+ }
+
+ return R;
+ }
+
+ return getRawCursorExtent(C);
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
+ SourceRange R = getRawCursorExtent(C);
+ if (R.isInvalid())
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor C) {
+ if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(C);
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
+ Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (!D)
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
+ return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Using, D->getLocation(), tu);
+ if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
+ if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Property, tu);
+
+ return C;
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
+ Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C);
+ Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
+ if (D) {
+ CXCursor declCursor = MakeCXCursor(D, tu);
+ declCursor = getSelectorIdentifierCursor(getSelectorIdentifierIndex(C),
+ declCursor);
+ return declCursor;
+ }
+
+ if (OverloadExpr *Ovl = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
+ return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Ovl, tu);
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
+ Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
+ if (GotoStmt *Goto = dyn_cast_or_null<GotoStmt>(S))
+ if (LabelDecl *label = Goto->getLabel())
+ if (LabelStmt *labelS = label->getStmt())
+ return MakeCXCursor(labelS, getCursorDecl(C), tu);
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
+ if (MacroDefinition *Def = getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getDefinition())
+ return MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(Def, tu);
+ }
+
+ if (!clang_isReference(C.kind))
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ switch (C.kind) {
+ case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first, tu);
+
+ case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
+ ObjCProtocolDecl *Prot = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
+ if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = Prot->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
+
+ return MakeCXCursor(Prot, tu);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
+
+ return MakeCXCursor(Class, tu);
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_TypeRef:
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTypeRef(C).first, tu );
+
+ case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTemplateRef(C).first, tu );
+
+ case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first, tu );
+
+ case CXCursor_MemberRef:
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorMemberRef(C).first, tu );
+
+ case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
+ CXXBaseSpecifier *B = cxcursor::getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
+ return clang_getTypeDeclaration(cxtype::MakeCXType(B->getType(),
+ tu ));
+ }
+
+ case CXCursor_LabelRef:
+ // FIXME: We end up faking the "parent" declaration here because we
+ // don't want to make CXCursor larger.
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorLabelRef(C).first,
+ static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getASTContext()
+ .getTranslationUnitDecl(),
+ tu);
+
+ case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
+ return C;
+
+ case CXCursor_VariableRef:
+ return MakeCXCursor(getCursorVariableRef(C).first, tu);
+
+ default:
+ // We would prefer to enumerate all non-reference cursor kinds here.
+ llvm_unreachable("Unhandled reference cursor kind");
+ }
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
+ if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(C);
+
+ bool WasReference = false;
+ if (clang_isReference(C.kind) || clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
+ C = clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
+ WasReference = true;
+ }
+
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
+ return clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
+
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (!D)
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ switch (D->getKind()) {
+ // Declaration kinds that don't really separate the notions of
+ // declaration and definition.
+ case Decl::Namespace:
+ case Decl::Typedef:
+ case Decl::TypeAlias:
+ case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
+ case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
+ case Decl::EnumConstant:
+ case Decl::Field:
+ case Decl::IndirectField:
+ case Decl::ObjCIvar:
+ case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
+ case Decl::ImplicitParam:
+ case Decl::ParmVar:
+ case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
+ case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
+ case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
+ case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
+ case Decl::AccessSpec:
+ case Decl::LinkageSpec:
+ case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
+ case Decl::FileScopeAsm:
+ case Decl::StaticAssert:
+ case Decl::Block:
+ case Decl::Label: // FIXME: Is this right??
+ case Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization:
+ case Decl::Import:
+ return C;
+
+ // Declaration kinds that don't make any sense here, but are
+ // nonetheless harmless.
+ case Decl::TranslationUnit:
+ break;
+
+ // Declaration kinds for which the definition is not resolvable.
+ case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
+ case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
+ break;
+
+ case Decl::UsingDirective:
+ return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)->getNominatedNamespace(),
+ TU);
+
+ case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
+ return MakeCXCursor(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)->getNamespace(), TU);
+
+ case Decl::Enum:
+ case Decl::Record:
+ case Decl::CXXRecord:
+ case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
+ case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
+ if (TagDecl *Def = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ case Decl::Function:
+ case Decl::CXXMethod:
+ case Decl::CXXConstructor:
+ case Decl::CXXDestructor:
+ case Decl::CXXConversion: {
+ const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
+ if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getBody(Def))
+ return MakeCXCursor(const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Def), TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ case Decl::Var: {
+ // Ask the variable if it has a definition.
+ if (VarDecl *Def = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ case Decl::FunctionTemplate: {
+ const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
+ if (cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getBody(Def))
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ case Decl::ClassTemplate: {
+ if (RecordDecl *Def = cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()
+ ->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getDescribedClassTemplate(),
+ TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ case Decl::Using:
+ return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cast<UsingDecl>(D),
+ D->getLocation(), TU);
+
+ case Decl::UsingShadow:
+ return clang_getCursorDefinition(
+ MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(),
+ TU));
+
+ case Decl::ObjCMethod: {
+ ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
+ if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+ return C;
+
+ // Dig out the method definition in the associated
+ // @implementation, if we have it.
+ // FIXME: The ASTs should make finding the definition easier.
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
+ = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()))
+ if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = Class->getImplementation())
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *Def = ClassImpl->getMethod(Method->getSelector(),
+ Method->isInstanceMethod()))
+ if (Def->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ case Decl::ObjCCategory:
+ if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl
+ = cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)->getImplementation())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
+ if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ case Decl::ObjCInterface: {
+ // There are two notions of a "definition" for an Objective-C
+ // class: the interface and its implementation. When we resolved a
+ // reference to an Objective-C class, produce the @interface as
+ // the definition; when we were provided with the interface,
+ // produce the @implementation as the definition.
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
+ if (WasReference) {
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = IFace->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
+ } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ case Decl::ObjCProperty:
+ // FIXME: We don't really know where to find the
+ // ObjCPropertyImplDecls that implement this property.
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
+ = cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)->getClassInterface())
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
+ return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ case Decl::Friend:
+ if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
+ return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ case Decl::FriendTemplate:
+ if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendTemplateDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
+ return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+ }
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+}
+
+unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return 0;
+
+ return clang_getCursorDefinition(C) == C;
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return C;
+
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) {
+ if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D))
+ if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = CatImplD->getCategoryDecl())
+ return MakeCXCursor(CatD, getCursorTU(C));
+
+ if (ObjCImplDecl *ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(D))
+ if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD = ImplD->getClassInterface())
+ return MakeCXCursor(IFD, getCursorTU(C));
+
+ return MakeCXCursor(D->getCanonicalDecl(), getCursorTU(C));
+ }
+
+ return C;
+}
+
+int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor cursor) {
+ return cxcursor::getSelectorIdentifierIndexAndLoc(cursor).first;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor C) {
+ if (C.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
+ return 0;
+
+ OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
+ if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
+ return E->getNumDecls();
+
+ if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
+ = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
+ return S->size();
+
+ Decl *D = Storage.get<Decl*>();
+ if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
+ return Using->shadow_size();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index) {
+ if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ if (index >= clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(cursor))
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(cursor);
+ OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cursor).first;
+ if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
+ return MakeCXCursor(E->decls_begin()[index], TU);
+
+ if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
+ = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
+ return MakeCXCursor(S->begin()[index], TU);
+
+ Decl *D = Storage.get<Decl*>();
+ if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) {
+ // FIXME: This is, unfortunately, linear time.
+ UsingDecl::shadow_iterator Pos = Using->shadow_begin();
+ std::advance(Pos, index);
+ return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Pos)->getTargetDecl(), TU);
+ }
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+}
+
+void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor C,
+ const char **startBuf,
+ const char **endBuf,
+ unsigned *startLine,
+ unsigned *startColumn,
+ unsigned *endLine,
+ unsigned *endColumn) {
+ assert(getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl");
+ NamedDecl *ND = static_cast<NamedDecl *>(getCursorDecl(C));
+ FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
+ CompoundStmt *Body = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(FD->getBody());
+
+ SourceManager &SM = FD->getASTContext().getSourceManager();
+ *startBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getLBracLoc());
+ *endBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getRBracLoc());
+ *startLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
+ *startColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
+ *endLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
+ *endColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
+}
+
+
+CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags,
+ unsigned PieceIndex) {
+ RefNamePieces Pieces;
+
+ switch (C.kind) {
+ case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
+ if (MemberExpr *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
+ Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, true, E->getMemberNameInfo(),
+ E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
+ break;
+
+ case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
+ if (DeclRefExpr *E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
+ Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, E->getNameInfo(),
+ E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(),
+ E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
+ break;
+
+ case CXCursor_CallExpr:
+ if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE =
+ dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
+ Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee();
+ if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee))
+ Callee = ICE->getSubExpr();
+
+ if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee))
+ Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, DRE->getNameInfo(),
+ DRE->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pieces.empty()) {
+ if (PieceIndex == 0)
+ return clang_getCursorExtent(C);
+ } else if (PieceIndex < Pieces.size()) {
+ SourceRange R = Pieces[PieceIndex];
+ if (R.isValid())
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
+ }
+
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+}
+
+void clang_enableStackTraces(void) {
+ llvm::sys::PrintStackTraceOnErrorSignal();
+}
+
+void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
+ unsigned stack_size) {
+ llvm::llvm_execute_on_thread(fn, user_data, stack_size);
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Token-based Operations.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/* CXToken layout:
+ * int_data[0]: a CXTokenKind
+ * int_data[1]: starting token location
+ * int_data[2]: token length
+ * int_data[3]: reserved
+ * ptr_data: for identifiers and keywords, an IdentifierInfo*.
+ * otherwise unused.
+ */
+extern "C" {
+
+CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken CXTok) {
+ return static_cast<CXTokenKind>(CXTok.int_data[0]);
+}
+
+CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
+ switch (clang_getTokenKind(CXTok)) {
+ case CXToken_Identifier:
+ case CXToken_Keyword:
+ // We know we have an IdentifierInfo*, so use that.
+ return createCXString(static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(CXTok.ptr_data)
+ ->getNameStart());
+
+ case CXToken_Literal: {
+ // We have stashed the starting pointer in the ptr_data field. Use it.
+ const char *Text = static_cast<const char *>(CXTok.ptr_data);
+ return createCXString(StringRef(Text, CXTok.int_data[2]));
+ }
+
+ case CXToken_Punctuation:
+ case CXToken_Comment:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // We have to find the starting buffer pointer the hard way, by
+ // deconstructing the source location.
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ if (!CXXUnit)
+ return createCXString("");
+
+ SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]);
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo
+ = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc);
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ StringRef Buffer
+ = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return createCXString("");
+
+ return createCXString(Buffer.substr(LocInfo.second, CXTok.int_data[2]));
+}
+
+CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ if (!CXXUnit)
+ return clang_getNullLocation();
+
+ return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
+ SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
+}
+
+CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ if (!CXXUnit)
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
+ SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
+}
+
+static void getTokens(ASTUnit *CXXUnit, SourceRange Range,
+ SmallVectorImpl<CXToken> &CXTokens) {
+ SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
+ = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getBegin());
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
+ = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getEnd());
+
+ // Cannot tokenize across files.
+ if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
+ return;
+
+ // Create a lexer
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ StringRef Buffer
+ = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return;
+
+ Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
+ CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
+ Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end());
+ Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
+
+ // Lex tokens until we hit the end of the range.
+ const char *EffectiveBufferEnd = Buffer.data() + EndLocInfo.second;
+ Token Tok;
+ bool previousWasAt = false;
+ do {
+ // Lex the next token
+ Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
+ if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
+ break;
+
+ // Initialize the CXToken.
+ CXToken CXTok;
+
+ // - Common fields
+ CXTok.int_data[1] = Tok.getLocation().getRawEncoding();
+ CXTok.int_data[2] = Tok.getLength();
+ CXTok.int_data[3] = 0;
+
+ // - Kind-specific fields
+ if (Tok.isLiteral()) {
+ CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Literal;
+ CXTok.ptr_data = (void *)Tok.getLiteralData();
+ } else if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) {
+ // Lookup the identifier to determine whether we have a keyword.
+ IdentifierInfo *II
+ = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().LookUpIdentifierInfo(Tok);
+
+ if ((II->getObjCKeywordID() != tok::objc_not_keyword) && previousWasAt) {
+ CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
+ }
+ else {
+ CXTok.int_data[0] = Tok.is(tok::identifier)
+ ? CXToken_Identifier
+ : CXToken_Keyword;
+ }
+ CXTok.ptr_data = II;
+ } else if (Tok.is(tok::comment)) {
+ CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Comment;
+ CXTok.ptr_data = 0;
+ } else {
+ CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Punctuation;
+ CXTok.ptr_data = 0;
+ }
+ CXTokens.push_back(CXTok);
+ previousWasAt = Tok.is(tok::at);
+ } while (Lex.getBufferLocation() <= EffectiveBufferEnd);
+}
+
+void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
+ CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens) {
+ if (Tokens)
+ *Tokens = 0;
+ if (NumTokens)
+ *NumTokens = 0;
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ if (!CXXUnit || !Tokens || !NumTokens)
+ return;
+
+ ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
+
+ SourceRange R = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(Range);
+ if (R.isInvalid())
+ return;
+
+ SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens;
+ getTokens(CXXUnit, R, CXTokens);
+
+ if (CXTokens.empty())
+ return;
+
+ *Tokens = (CXToken *)malloc(sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
+ memmove(*Tokens, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
+ *NumTokens = CXTokens.size();
+}
+
+void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+ CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens) {
+ free(Tokens);
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Token annotation APIs.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, CXCursor> AnnotateTokensData;
+static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
+ CXCursor parent,
+ CXClientData client_data);
+static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
+ CXClientData client_data);
+
+namespace {
+class AnnotateTokensWorker {
+ AnnotateTokensData &Annotated;
+ CXToken *Tokens;
+ CXCursor *Cursors;
+ unsigned NumTokens;
+ unsigned TokIdx;
+ unsigned PreprocessingTokIdx;
+ CursorVisitor AnnotateVis;
+ SourceManager &SrcMgr;
+ bool HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
+
+ struct PostChildrenInfo {
+ CXCursor Cursor;
+ SourceRange CursorRange;
+ unsigned BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
+ };
+ llvm::SmallVector<PostChildrenInfo, 8> PostChildrenInfos;
+
+ bool MoreTokens() const { return TokIdx < NumTokens; }
+ unsigned NextToken() const { return TokIdx; }
+ void AdvanceToken() { ++TokIdx; }
+ SourceLocation GetTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
+ return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]);
+ }
+ bool isFunctionMacroToken(unsigned tokI) const {
+ return Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] != 0;
+ }
+ SourceLocation getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) const {
+ return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[3]);
+ }
+
+ void annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, SourceRange);
+ void annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult,
+ SourceRange);
+
+public:
+ AnnotateTokensWorker(AnnotateTokensData &annotated,
+ CXToken *tokens, CXCursor *cursors, unsigned numTokens,
+ CXTranslationUnit tu, SourceRange RegionOfInterest)
+ : Annotated(annotated), Tokens(tokens), Cursors(cursors),
+ NumTokens(numTokens), TokIdx(0), PreprocessingTokIdx(0),
+ AnnotateVis(tu,
+ AnnotateTokensVisitor, this,
+ /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
+ /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
+ RegionOfInterest,
+ /*VisitDeclsOnly=*/false,
+ AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor),
+ SrcMgr(static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getSourceManager()),
+ HasContextSensitiveKeywords(false) { }
+
+ void VisitChildren(CXCursor C) { AnnotateVis.VisitChildren(C); }
+ enum CXChildVisitResult Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
+ bool postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor);
+ void AnnotateTokens();
+
+ /// \brief Determine whether the annotator saw any cursors that have
+ /// context-sensitive keywords.
+ bool hasContextSensitiveKeywords() const {
+ return HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
+ }
+
+ ~AnnotateTokensWorker() {
+ assert(PostChildrenInfos.empty());
+ }
+};
+}
+
+void AnnotateTokensWorker::AnnotateTokens() {
+ // Walk the AST within the region of interest, annotating tokens
+ // along the way.
+ AnnotateVis.visitFileRegion();
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0 ; I < TokIdx ; ++I) {
+ AnnotateTokensData::iterator Pos = Annotated.find(Tokens[I].int_data[1]);
+ if (Pos != Annotated.end() && !clang_isPreprocessing(Cursors[I].kind))
+ Cursors[I] = Pos->second;
+ }
+
+ // Finish up annotating any tokens left.
+ if (!MoreTokens())
+ return;
+
+ const CXCursor &C = clang_getNullCursor();
+ for (unsigned I = TokIdx ; I < NumTokens ; ++I) {
+ if (I < PreprocessingTokIdx && clang_isPreprocessing(Cursors[I].kind))
+ continue;
+
+ AnnotateTokensData::iterator Pos = Annotated.find(Tokens[I].int_data[1]);
+ Cursors[I] = (Pos == Annotated.end()) ? C : Pos->second;
+ }
+}
+
+/// \brief It annotates and advances tokens with a cursor until the comparison
+//// between the cursor location and the source range is the same as
+/// \arg compResult.
+///
+/// Pass RangeBefore to annotate tokens with a cursor until a range is reached.
+/// Pass RangeOverlap to annotate tokens inside a range.
+void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor updateC,
+ RangeComparisonResult compResult,
+ SourceRange range) {
+ while (MoreTokens()) {
+ const unsigned I = NextToken();
+ if (isFunctionMacroToken(I))
+ return annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(updateC, compResult, range);
+
+ SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
+ if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
+ Cursors[I] = updateC;
+ AdvanceToken();
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/// \brief Special annotation handling for macro argument tokens.
+void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(
+ CXCursor updateC,
+ RangeComparisonResult compResult,
+ SourceRange range) {
+ assert(MoreTokens());
+ assert(isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) &&
+ "Should be called only for macro arg tokens");
+
+ // This works differently than annotateAndAdvanceTokens; because expanded
+ // macro arguments can have arbitrary translation-unit source order, we do not
+ // advance the token index one by one until a token fails the range test.
+ // We only advance once past all of the macro arg tokens if all of them
+ // pass the range test. If one of them fails we keep the token index pointing
+ // at the start of the macro arg tokens so that the failing token will be
+ // annotated by a subsequent annotation try.
+
+ bool atLeastOneCompFail = false;
+
+ unsigned I = NextToken();
+ for (; I < NumTokens && isFunctionMacroToken(I); ++I) {
+ SourceLocation TokLoc = getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(I);
+ if (TokLoc.isFileID())
+ continue; // not macro arg token, it's parens or comma.
+ if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
+ if (clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
+ Cursors[I] = updateC;
+ } else
+ atLeastOneCompFail = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!atLeastOneCompFail)
+ TokIdx = I; // All of the tokens were handled, advance beyond all of them.
+}
+
+enum CXChildVisitResult
+AnnotateTokensWorker::Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
+ CXSourceLocation Loc = clang_getCursorLocation(cursor);
+ SourceRange cursorRange = getRawCursorExtent(cursor);
+ if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
+ return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
+
+ if (!HasContextSensitiveKeywords) {
+ // Objective-C properties can have context-sensitive keywords.
+ if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
+ if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor)))
+ HasContextSensitiveKeywords = Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0;
+ }
+ // Objective-C methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
+ else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
+ cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
+ if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
+ if (Method->getObjCDeclQualifier())
+ HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
+ else {
+ for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
+ PEnd = Method->param_end();
+ P != PEnd; ++P) {
+ if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier()) {
+ HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // C++ methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
+ else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod) {
+ if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
+ if (Method->hasAttr<FinalAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>())
+ HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
+ }
+ }
+ // C++ classes can have context-sensitive keywords.
+ else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_StructDecl ||
+ cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassDecl ||
+ cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplate ||
+ cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization) {
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
+ if (D->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
+ HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isPreprocessing(cursor.kind)) {
+ // Items in the preprocessing record are kept separate from items in
+ // declarations, so we keep a separate token index.
+ unsigned SavedTokIdx = TokIdx;
+ TokIdx = PreprocessingTokIdx;
+
+ // Skip tokens up until we catch up to the beginning of the preprocessing
+ // entry.
+ while (MoreTokens()) {
+ const unsigned I = NextToken();
+ SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
+ switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
+ case RangeBefore:
+ AdvanceToken();
+ continue;
+ case RangeAfter:
+ case RangeOverlap:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Look at all of the tokens within this range.
+ while (MoreTokens()) {
+ const unsigned I = NextToken();
+ SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
+ switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
+ case RangeBefore:
+ llvm_unreachable("Infeasible");
+ case RangeAfter:
+ break;
+ case RangeOverlap:
+ Cursors[I] = cursor;
+ AdvanceToken();
+ // For macro expansions, just note where the beginning of the macro
+ // expansion occurs.
+ if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Save the preprocessing token index; restore the non-preprocessing
+ // token index.
+ PreprocessingTokIdx = TokIdx;
+ TokIdx = SavedTokIdx;
+ return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
+ }
+
+ if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
+ return CXChildVisit_Continue;
+
+ SourceLocation L = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Loc.int_data);
+
+ // Adjust the annotated range based specific declarations.
+ const enum CXCursorKind cursorK = clang_getCursorKind(cursor);
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(cursorK)) {
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
+
+ SourceLocation StartLoc;
+ if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
+ } else if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
+ if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
+ StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
+ }
+
+ if (StartLoc.isValid() && L.isValid() &&
+ SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, L))
+ cursorRange.setBegin(StartLoc);
+ }
+
+ // If the location of the cursor occurs within a macro instantiation, record
+ // the spelling location of the cursor in our annotation map. We can then
+ // paper over the token labelings during a post-processing step to try and
+ // get cursor mappings for tokens that are the *arguments* of a macro
+ // instantiation.
+ if (L.isMacroID()) {
+ unsigned rawEncoding = SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(L).getRawEncoding();
+ // Only invalidate the old annotation if it isn't part of a preprocessing
+ // directive. Here we assume that the default construction of CXCursor
+ // results in CXCursor.kind being an initialized value (i.e., 0). If
+ // this isn't the case, we can fix by doing lookup + insertion.
+
+ CXCursor &oldC = Annotated[rawEncoding];
+ if (!clang_isPreprocessing(oldC.kind))
+ oldC = cursor;
+ }
+
+ const enum CXCursorKind K = clang_getCursorKind(parent);
+ const CXCursor updateC =
+ (clang_isInvalid(K) || K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit)
+ ? clang_getNullCursor() : parent;
+
+ annotateAndAdvanceTokens(updateC, RangeBefore, cursorRange);
+
+ // Avoid having the cursor of an expression "overwrite" the annotation of the
+ // variable declaration that it belongs to.
+ // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
+ // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
+ // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure we don't annotate 'foo' as a CallExpr cursor.
+ if (clang_isExpression(cursorK)) {
+ Expr *E = getCursorExpr(cursor);
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorParentDecl(cursor)) {
+ const unsigned I = NextToken();
+ if (E->getLocStart().isValid() && D->getLocation().isValid() &&
+ E->getLocStart() == D->getLocation() &&
+ E->getLocStart() == GetTokenLoc(I)) {
+ Cursors[I] = updateC;
+ AdvanceToken();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Before recursing into the children keep some state that we are going
+ // to use in the AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren callback to do some
+ // extra work after the child nodes are visited.
+ // Note that we don't call VisitChildren here to avoid traversing statements
+ // code-recursively which can blow the stack.
+
+ PostChildrenInfo Info;
+ Info.Cursor = cursor;
+ Info.CursorRange = cursorRange;
+ Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx = NextToken();
+ PostChildrenInfos.push_back(Info);
+
+ return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
+}
+
+bool AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (PostChildrenInfos.empty())
+ return false;
+ const PostChildrenInfo &Info = PostChildrenInfos.back();
+ if (!clang_equalCursors(Info.Cursor, cursor))
+ return false;
+
+ const unsigned BeforeChildren = Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
+ const unsigned AfterChildren = NextToken();
+ SourceRange cursorRange = Info.CursorRange;
+
+ // Scan the tokens that are at the end of the cursor, but are not captured
+ // but the child cursors.
+ annotateAndAdvanceTokens(cursor, RangeOverlap, cursorRange);
+
+ // Scan the tokens that are at the beginning of the cursor, but are not
+ // capture by the child cursors.
+ for (unsigned I = BeforeChildren; I != AfterChildren; ++I) {
+ if (!clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
+ break;
+
+ Cursors[I] = cursor;
+ }
+
+ PostChildrenInfos.pop_back();
+ return false;
+}
+
+static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
+ CXCursor parent,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->Visit(cursor, parent);
+}
+
+static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->
+ postVisitChildren(cursor);
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+/// \brief Uses the macro expansions in the preprocessing record to find
+/// and mark tokens that are macro arguments. This info is used by the
+/// AnnotateTokensWorker.
+class MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor {
+ SourceManager &SM;
+ CXToken *Tokens;
+ unsigned NumTokens;
+ unsigned CurIdx;
+
+public:
+ MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor(SourceManager &SM,
+ CXToken *tokens, unsigned numTokens)
+ : SM(SM), Tokens(tokens), NumTokens(numTokens), CurIdx(0) { }
+
+ CXChildVisitResult visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
+ if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
+ return CXChildVisit_Continue;
+
+ SourceRange macroRange = getCursorMacroExpansion(cursor)->getSourceRange();
+ if (macroRange.getBegin() == macroRange.getEnd())
+ return CXChildVisit_Continue; // it's not a function macro.
+
+ for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
+ if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(getTokenLoc(CurIdx),
+ macroRange.getBegin()))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+
+ for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
+ SourceLocation tokLoc = getTokenLoc(CurIdx);
+ if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(tokLoc, macroRange.getEnd()))
+ break;
+
+ setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(CurIdx, SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(tokLoc));
+ }
+
+ if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
+ return CXChildVisit_Break;
+
+ return CXChildVisit_Continue;
+ }
+
+private:
+ SourceLocation getTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
+ return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]);
+ }
+
+ void setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI, SourceLocation loc) {
+ // The third field is reserved and currently not used. Use it here
+ // to mark macro arg expanded tokens with their expanded locations.
+ Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] = loc.getRawEncoding();
+ }
+};
+
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+static CXChildVisitResult
+MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
+ CXClientData client_data) {
+ return static_cast<MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor*>(client_data)->visit(cursor,
+ parent);
+}
+
+namespace {
+ struct clang_annotateTokens_Data {
+ CXTranslationUnit TU;
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit;
+ CXToken *Tokens;
+ unsigned NumTokens;
+ CXCursor *Cursors;
+ };
+}
+
+static void annotatePreprocessorTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+ SourceRange RegionOfInterest,
+ AnnotateTokensData &Annotated) {
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+
+ SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
+ = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin());
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
+ = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd());
+
+ if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
+ return;
+
+ StringRef Buffer;
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (Buffer.empty() || Invalid)
+ return;
+
+ Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
+ CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
+ Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second,
+ Buffer.end());
+ Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
+
+ // Lex tokens in raw mode until we hit the end of the range, to avoid
+ // entering #includes or expanding macros.
+ while (true) {
+ Token Tok;
+ Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
+
+ reprocess:
+ if (Tok.is(tok::hash) && Tok.isAtStartOfLine()) {
+ // We have found a preprocessing directive. Gobble it up so that we
+ // don't see it while preprocessing these tokens later, but keep track
+ // of all of the token locations inside this preprocessing directive so
+ // that we can annotate them appropriately.
+ //
+ // FIXME: Some simple tests here could identify macro definitions and
+ // #undefs, to provide specific cursor kinds for those.
+ SmallVector<SourceLocation, 32> Locations;
+ do {
+ Locations.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
+ Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
+ } while (!Tok.isAtStartOfLine() && !Tok.is(tok::eof));
+
+ using namespace cxcursor;
+ CXCursor Cursor
+ = MakePreprocessingDirectiveCursor(SourceRange(Locations.front(),
+ Locations.back()),
+ TU);
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Locations.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ Annotated[Locations[I].getRawEncoding()] = Cursor;
+ }
+
+ if (Tok.isAtStartOfLine())
+ goto reprocess;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+// This gets run a separate thread to avoid stack blowout.
+static void clang_annotateTokensImpl(void *UserData) {
+ CXTranslationUnit TU = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->TU;
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->CXXUnit;
+ CXToken *Tokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Tokens;
+ const unsigned NumTokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->NumTokens;
+ CXCursor *Cursors = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Cursors;
+
+ CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx;
+ if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
+ setThreadBackgroundPriority();
+
+ // Determine the region of interest, which contains all of the tokens.
+ SourceRange RegionOfInterest;
+ RegionOfInterest.setBegin(
+ cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0])));
+ RegionOfInterest.setEnd(
+ cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU,
+ Tokens[NumTokens-1])));
+
+ // A mapping from the source locations found when re-lexing or traversing the
+ // region of interest to the corresponding cursors.
+ AnnotateTokensData Annotated;
+
+ // Relex the tokens within the source range to look for preprocessing
+ // directives.
+ annotatePreprocessorTokens(TU, RegionOfInterest, Annotated);
+
+ if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) {
+ // Search and mark tokens that are macro argument expansions.
+ MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor Visitor(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
+ Tokens, NumTokens);
+ CursorVisitor MacroArgMarker(TU,
+ MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate, &Visitor,
+ /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
+ /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
+ RegionOfInterest);
+ MacroArgMarker.visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
+ }
+
+ // Annotate all of the source locations in the region of interest that map to
+ // a specific cursor.
+ AnnotateTokensWorker W(Annotated, Tokens, Cursors, NumTokens,
+ TU, RegionOfInterest);
+
+ // FIXME: We use a ridiculous stack size here because the data-recursion
+ // algorithm uses a large stack frame than the non-data recursive version,
+ // and AnnotationTokensWorker currently transforms the data-recursion
+ // algorithm back into a traditional recursion by explicitly calling
+ // VisitChildren(). We will need to remove this explicit recursive call.
+ W.AnnotateTokens();
+
+ // If we ran into any entities that involve context-sensitive keywords,
+ // take another pass through the tokens to mark them as such.
+ if (W.hasContextSensitiveKeywords()) {
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) {
+ if (clang_getTokenKind(Tokens[I]) != CXToken_Identifier)
+ continue;
+
+ if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
+ IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
+ if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
+ = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(Cursors[I]))) {
+ if (Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0 &&
+ llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
+ .Case("readonly", true)
+ .Case("assign", true)
+ .Case("unsafe_unretained", true)
+ .Case("readwrite", true)
+ .Case("retain", true)
+ .Case("copy", true)
+ .Case("nonatomic", true)
+ .Case("atomic", true)
+ .Case("getter", true)
+ .Case("setter", true)
+ .Case("strong", true)
+ .Case("weak", true)
+ .Default(false))
+ Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
+ Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
+ IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
+ if (llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
+ .Case("in", true)
+ .Case("out", true)
+ .Case("inout", true)
+ .Case("oneway", true)
+ .Case("bycopy", true)
+ .Case("byref", true)
+ .Default(false))
+ Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr ||
+ Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr) {
+ Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
+ CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
+ CXCursor *Cursors) {
+
+ if (NumTokens == 0 || !Tokens || !Cursors)
+ return;
+
+ // Any token we don't specifically annotate will have a NULL cursor.
+ CXCursor C = clang_getNullCursor();
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I)
+ Cursors[I] = C;
+
+ ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
+ if (!CXXUnit)
+ return;
+
+ ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
+
+ clang_annotateTokens_Data data = { TU, CXXUnit, Tokens, NumTokens, Cursors };
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
+ if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_annotateTokensImpl, &data,
+ GetSafetyThreadStackSize() * 2)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected while annotating tokens\n");
+ }
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Operations for querying linkage of a cursor.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+extern "C" {
+CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
+ return CXLinkage_Invalid;
+
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
+ if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D))
+ switch (ND->getLinkage()) {
+ case NoLinkage: return CXLinkage_NoLinkage;
+ case InternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_Internal;
+ case UniqueExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_UniqueExternal;
+ case ExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_External;
+ };
+
+ return CXLinkage_Invalid;
+}
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Operations for querying language of a cursor.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+static CXLanguageKind getDeclLanguage(const Decl *D) {
+ if (!D)
+ return CXLanguage_C;
+
+ switch (D->getKind()) {
+ default:
+ break;
+ case Decl::ImplicitParam:
+ case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
+ case Decl::ObjCCategory:
+ case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
+ case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
+ case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
+ case Decl::ObjCInterface:
+ case Decl::ObjCIvar:
+ case Decl::ObjCMethod:
+ case Decl::ObjCProperty:
+ case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
+ case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
+ return CXLanguage_ObjC;
+ case Decl::CXXConstructor:
+ case Decl::CXXConversion:
+ case Decl::CXXDestructor:
+ case Decl::CXXMethod:
+ case Decl::CXXRecord:
+ case Decl::ClassTemplate:
+ case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
+ case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
+ case Decl::Friend:
+ case Decl::FriendTemplate:
+ case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
+ case Decl::LinkageSpec:
+ case Decl::Namespace:
+ case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
+ case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
+ case Decl::StaticAssert:
+ case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
+ case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
+ case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
+ case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
+ case Decl::Using:
+ case Decl::UsingDirective:
+ case Decl::UsingShadow:
+ return CXLanguage_CPlusPlus;
+ }
+
+ return CXLanguage_C;
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
+ if (Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
+ if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isDeleted())
+ return CXAvailability_Available;
+
+ switch (D->getAvailability()) {
+ case AR_Available:
+ case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
+ return CXAvailability_Available;
+
+ case AR_Deprecated:
+ return CXAvailability_Deprecated;
+
+ case AR_Unavailable:
+ return CXAvailability_NotAvailable;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return CXAvailability_Available;
+}
+
+static CXVersion convertVersion(VersionTuple In) {
+ CXVersion Out = { -1, -1, -1 };
+ if (In.empty())
+ return Out;
+
+ Out.Major = In.getMajor();
+
+ if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Minor = In.getMinor())
+ Out.Minor = *Minor;
+ else
+ return Out;
+
+ if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Subminor = In.getSubminor())
+ Out.Subminor = *Subminor;
+
+ return Out;
+}
+
+int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
+ int *always_deprecated,
+ CXString *deprecated_message,
+ int *always_unavailable,
+ CXString *unavailable_message,
+ CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
+ int availability_size) {
+ if (always_deprecated)
+ *always_deprecated = 0;
+ if (deprecated_message)
+ *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false);
+ if (always_unavailable)
+ *always_unavailable = 0;
+ if (unavailable_message)
+ *unavailable_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false);
+
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
+ return 0;
+
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
+ if (!D)
+ return 0;
+
+ int N = 0;
+ for (Decl::attr_iterator A = D->attr_begin(), AEnd = D->attr_end(); A != AEnd;
+ ++A) {
+ if (DeprecatedAttr *Deprecated = dyn_cast<DeprecatedAttr>(*A)) {
+ if (always_deprecated)
+ *always_deprecated = 1;
+ if (deprecated_message)
+ *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString(Deprecated->getMessage());
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (UnavailableAttr *Unavailable = dyn_cast<UnavailableAttr>(*A)) {
+ if (always_unavailable)
+ *always_unavailable = 1;
+ if (unavailable_message) {
+ *unavailable_message
+ = cxstring::createCXString(Unavailable->getMessage());
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (AvailabilityAttr *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(*A)) {
+ if (N < availability_size) {
+ availability[N].Platform
+ = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getPlatform()->getName());
+ availability[N].Introduced = convertVersion(Avail->getIntroduced());
+ availability[N].Deprecated = convertVersion(Avail->getDeprecated());
+ availability[N].Obsoleted = convertVersion(Avail->getObsoleted());
+ availability[N].Unavailable = Avail->getUnavailable();
+ availability[N].Message = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getMessage());
+ }
+ ++N;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return N;
+}
+
+void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability) {
+ clang_disposeString(availability->Platform);
+ clang_disposeString(availability->Message);
+}
+
+CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
+ return getDeclLanguage(cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor));
+
+ return CXLanguage_Invalid;
+}
+
+ /// \brief If the given cursor is the "templated" declaration
+ /// descibing a class or function template, return the class or
+ /// function template.
+static Decl *maybeGetTemplateCursor(Decl *D) {
+ if (!D)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
+ return FunTmpl;
+
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
+ if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
+ return ClassTmpl;
+
+ return D;
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
+ DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
+ if (!DC)
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
+ getCursorTU(cursor));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (clang_isStatement(cursor.kind) || clang_isExpression(cursor.kind)) {
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
+ return MakeCXCursor(D, getCursorTU(cursor));
+ }
+
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+}
+
+CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
+ if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
+ DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
+ if (!DC)
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+
+ return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
+ getCursorTU(cursor));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: Note that we can't easily compute the lexical context of a
+ // statement or expression, so we return nothing.
+ return clang_getNullCursor();
+}
+
+CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor) {
+ if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
+ return 0;
+
+ InclusionDirective *ID = getCursorInclusionDirective(cursor);
+ return (void *)ID->getFile();
+}
+
+CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+
+ const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
+ const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
+ if (!RC)
+ return clang_getNullRange();
+
+ return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Context, RC->getSourceRange());
+}
+
+CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
+
+ const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
+ const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
+ StringRef RawText = RC ? RC->getRawText(Context.getSourceManager()) :
+ StringRef();
+
+ // Don't duplicate the string because RawText points directly into source
+ // code.
+ return createCXString(RawText, false);
+}
+
+CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
+
+ const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
+ const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
+
+ if (RC) {
+ StringRef BriefText = RC->getBriefText(Context);
+
+ // Don't duplicate the string because RawComment ensures that this memory
+ // will not go away.
+ return createCXString(BriefText, false);
+ }
+
+ return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
+}
+
+CXComment clang_Cursor_getParsedComment(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return cxcomment::createCXComment(NULL, NULL);
+
+ const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
+ const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
+ const comments::FullComment *FC = Context.getCommentForDecl(D, /*PP=*/ NULL);
+
+ return cxcomment::createCXComment(FC, getCursorTU(C));
+}
+
+CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C) {
+ if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
+ if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
+ return ImportD->getImportedModule();
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule CXMod) {
+ if (!CXMod)
+ return 0;
+ Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
+ return Mod->Parent;
+}
+
+CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule CXMod) {
+ if (!CXMod)
+ return createCXString("");
+ Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
+ return createCXString(Mod->Name);
+}
+
+CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule CXMod) {
+ if (!CXMod)
+ return createCXString("");
+ Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
+ return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName());
+}
+
+unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXModule CXMod) {
+ if (!CXMod)
+ return 0;
+ Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
+ return Mod->TopHeaders.size();
+}
+
+CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXModule CXMod, unsigned Index) {
+ if (!CXMod)
+ return 0;
+ Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
+
+ if (Index < Mod->TopHeaders.size())
+ return const_cast<FileEntry *>(Mod->TopHeaders[Index]);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// C++ AST instrospection.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+extern "C" {
+unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return 0;
+
+ CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
+ Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
+ else
+ Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
+ return (Method && Method->isStatic()) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C) {
+ if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
+ return 0;
+
+ CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
+ Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
+ Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
+ else
+ Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
+ return (Method && Method->isVirtual()) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Attribute introspection.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+extern "C" {
+CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor C) {
+ if (C.kind != CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr)
+ return cxtype::MakeCXType(QualType(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
+
+ IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
+ cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
+
+ return cxtype::MakeCXType(A->getInterface(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
+}
+} // end: extern "C"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Inspecting memory usage.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+typedef std::vector<CXTUResourceUsageEntry> MemUsageEntries;
+
+static inline void createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(MemUsageEntries &entries,
+ enum CXTUResourceUsageKind k,
+ unsigned long amount) {
+ CXTUResourceUsageEntry entry = { k, amount };
+ entries.push_back(entry);
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(CXTUResourceUsageKind kind) {
+ const char *str = "";
+ switch (kind) {
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_AST:
+ str = "ASTContext: expressions, declarations, and types";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers:
+ str = "ASTContext: identifiers";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors:
+ str = "ASTContext: selectors";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults:
+ str = "Code completion: cached global results";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache:
+ str = "SourceManager: content cache allocator";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables:
+ str = "ASTContext: side tables";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc:
+ str = "SourceManager: malloc'ed memory buffers";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap:
+ str = "SourceManager: mmap'ed memory buffers";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc:
+ str = "ExternalASTSource: malloc'ed memory buffers";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap:
+ str = "ExternalASTSource: mmap'ed memory buffers";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor:
+ str = "Preprocessor: malloc'ed memory";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord:
+ str = "Preprocessor: PreprocessingRecord";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures:
+ str = "SourceManager: data structures and tables";
+ break;
+ case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch:
+ str = "Preprocessor: header search tables";
+ break;
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
+ if (!TU) {
+ CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) 0, 0, 0 };
+ return usage;
+ }
+
+ ASTUnit *astUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData);
+ OwningPtr<MemUsageEntries> entries(new MemUsageEntries());
+ ASTContext &astContext = astUnit->getASTContext();
+
+ // How much memory is used by AST nodes and types?
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
+ (unsigned long) astContext.getASTAllocatedMemory());
+
+ // How much memory is used by identifiers?
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers,
+ (unsigned long) astContext.Idents.getAllocator().getTotalMemory());
+
+ // How much memory is used for selectors?
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors,
+ (unsigned long) astContext.Selectors.getTotalMemory());
+
+ // How much memory is used by ASTContext's side tables?
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables,
+ (unsigned long) astContext.getSideTableAllocatedMemory());
+
+ // How much memory is used for caching global code completion results?
+ unsigned long completionBytes = 0;
+ if (GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator *completionAllocator =
+ astUnit->getCachedCompletionAllocator().getPtr()) {
+ completionBytes = completionAllocator->getTotalMemory();
+ }
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults,
+ completionBytes);
+
+ // How much memory is being used by SourceManager's content cache?
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache,
+ (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager().getContentCacheSize());
+
+ // How much memory is being used by the MemoryBuffer's in SourceManager?
+ const SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes &srcBufs =
+ astUnit->getSourceManager().getMemoryBufferSizes();
+
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc,
+ (unsigned long) srcBufs.malloc_bytes);
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap,
+ (unsigned long) srcBufs.mmap_bytes);
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures,
+ (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager()
+ .getDataStructureSizes());
+
+ // How much memory is being used by the ExternalASTSource?
+ if (ExternalASTSource *esrc = astContext.getExternalSource()) {
+ const ExternalASTSource::MemoryBufferSizes &sizes =
+ esrc->getMemoryBufferSizes();
+
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc,
+ (unsigned long) sizes.malloc_bytes);
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap,
+ (unsigned long) sizes.mmap_bytes);
+ }
+
+ // How much memory is being used by the Preprocessor?
+ Preprocessor &pp = astUnit->getPreprocessor();
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor,
+ pp.getTotalMemory());
+
+ if (PreprocessingRecord *pRec = pp.getPreprocessingRecord()) {
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord,
+ pRec->getTotalMemory());
+ }
+
+ createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
+ CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
+ pp.getHeaderSearchInfo().getTotalMemory());
+
+ CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) entries.get(),
+ (unsigned) entries->size(),
+ entries->size() ? &(*entries)[0] : 0 };
+ entries.take();
+ return usage;
+}
+
+void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage) {
+ if (usage.data)
+ delete (MemUsageEntries*) usage.data;
+}
+
+} // end extern "C"
+
+void clang::PrintLibclangResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
+ CXTUResourceUsage Usage = clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(TU);
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != Usage.numEntries; ++I)
+ fprintf(stderr, " %s: %lu\n",
+ clang_getTUResourceUsageName(Usage.entries[I].kind),
+ Usage.entries[I].amount);
+
+ clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(Usage);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Misc. utility functions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// Default to using an 8 MB stack size on "safety" threads.
+static unsigned SafetyStackThreadSize = 8 << 20;
+
+namespace clang {
+
+bool RunSafely(llvm::CrashRecoveryContext &CRC,
+ void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData,
+ unsigned Size) {
+ if (!Size)
+ Size = GetSafetyThreadStackSize();
+ if (Size)
+ return CRC.RunSafelyOnThread(Fn, UserData, Size);
+ return CRC.RunSafely(Fn, UserData);
+}
+
+unsigned GetSafetyThreadStackSize() {
+ return SafetyStackThreadSize;
+}
+
+void SetSafetyThreadStackSize(unsigned Value) {
+ SafetyStackThreadSize = Value;
+}
+
+}
+
+void clang::setThreadBackgroundPriority() {
+ if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_DISABLE"))
+ return;
+
+ // FIXME: Move to llvm/Support and make it cross-platform.
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ setpriority(PRIO_DARWIN_THREAD, 0, PRIO_DARWIN_BG);
+#endif
+}
+
+void cxindex::printDiagsToStderr(ASTUnit *Unit) {
+ if (!Unit)
+ return;
+
+ for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = Unit->stored_diag_begin(),
+ DEnd = Unit->stored_diag_end();
+ D != DEnd; ++D) {
+ CXStoredDiagnostic Diag(*D, Unit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
+ CXString Msg = clang_formatDiagnostic(&Diag,
+ clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions());
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", clang_getCString(Msg));
+ clang_disposeString(Msg);
+ }
+#ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
+ // On Windows, force a flush, since there may be multiple copies of
+ // stderr and stdout in the file system, all with different buffers
+ // but writing to the same device.
+ fflush(stderr);
+#endif
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+CXString clang_getClangVersion() {
+ return createCXString(getClangFullVersion());
+}
+
+} // end: extern "C"
+